図1は、この発明の第1の実施の形態である綴じ具を取り付けたファイルの斜視図であり、図2は、この発明の第1の実施の形態である綴じ具を示す斜視図であり、図3は、図1に示す綴じ具の平面図解図であり、図4は、図1に示す綴じ具における各部材の位置関係を説明した図であり、図5は、図1に示す綴じ具の台部材の平面図解図であり、図6は、図1に示す綴じ具の台部材の側面図解図であり、図7は、図1に示す綴じ具の台部材の正面図解図であり、図8は、図1に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の平面図解図であり、図9は、図1に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の側面図解図であり、図10は、(A)は、図8(A)に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の断面図解図であり、(B)及び(C)は、図9(A)に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の断面図解図であり、図11は、図1に示す綴じ具の台部材と綴じ部材の組み立て方を説明した図であり、図12Aは、綴じ具のホールド状態とオープン状態における付勢部材の状態を説明した図であり、(A)はホールド状態における付勢部材の状態を説明した図であり、(B)はオープン状態における付勢部材の状態を説明した図であり、図12Bは、付勢部材を示す図である。
一般的には、ファイル10の表紙体12の内面に、用紙等の被綴じ物Xを綴じるための綴じ具20が取り付けられている。
表紙体12は、表表紙14aと裏表紙14bと背表紙14cとを備え、表表紙14aと背表紙14cとの間に形成された折り曲げ部16aと、裏表紙14bと背表紙14cとの間に形成された折り曲げ部16bとを備える。
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a file to which a binding tool according to the first embodiment of the present invention is attached, and FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the binding tool according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 3 is a schematic plan view of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 4 is a diagram explaining the positional relationship of each member in the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 5 is a binding tool shown in FIG. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustration of the base member of the binding tool, FIG. 6 is a side view of the base member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 7 is a front view of the base member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 9 is a plan view of the binding member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 9 is a side view of the binding member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of the binding member of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 8A, and FIGS. 9B and 9C are cross-sectional view of the binding member of the binding tool illustrated in FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining how to assemble the base member and the binding member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 12A is a diagram for explaining the state of the biasing member in the holding state and the open state of the binding tool. (A) is a figure explaining the state of the biasing member in a hold state, (B) is a figure explaining the state of the biasing member in an open state, and FIG. 12B is a figure which shows a biasing member. is there.
Generally, a binding tool 20 for binding a binding object X such as paper is attached to the inner surface of the cover body 12 of the file 10.
The front cover body 12 includes a front cover 14a, a back cover 14b, and a spine 14c, and a bent portion 16a formed between the front cover 14a and the spine 14c, and between the back cover 14b and the spine 14c. And a formed bent portion 16b.
綴じ具20は、板状の台部材たる基板22と、前記台部材上において、付勢部材たるばね部材50の付勢力により、被綴じ物Xを押圧して保持するための押圧部を有する綴じ部材70を備える。
綴じ具20は、前記台部材上において、綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)とに移動(開閉)可能にするように、台部材に取り付けられた操作部材たる操作レバー60と、操作レバー60をロック状態にするためのロック手段とを備える。
更に、綴じ具20は、前記台部材上に装着され、前記操作レバー60に連結されるとともに綴じ部材70に連結され、被綴じ物Xを押圧する方向に綴じ部材70を付勢する付勢部材たるばね部材50を含む。
The binding tool 20 includes a substrate 22 that is a plate-like pedestal member, and a binding unit that presses and holds the binding object X by the urging force of the spring member 50 that is the urging member on the pedestal member. A member 70 is provided.
The binding tool 20 can be moved (opened / closed) on the base member between a holding state (locked state) in which the binding member 70 presses the object X to be bound and an open state (unlocked state) away from the object to be bound. As described above, an operation lever 60 that is an operation member attached to the base member and a lock unit for bringing the operation lever 60 into a locked state are provided.
Further, the binding tool 20 is mounted on the base member, connected to the operation lever 60 and connected to the binding member 70, and biasing member that biases the binding member 70 in a direction of pressing the binding object X. A loose spring member 50 is included.
基板22は、操作レバー60を設置される領域の近傍において、綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)を備えている。
前記綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)と被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)とに開閉するように揺動するための係合部90を備えている。
係合部90は、綴じ部材70を基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構を構成する。
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50は、その一部分(ばね第1端部56)が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70を係合部90を中心として被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とに回動するように作動させるように、綴じ部材70に連結されている。
ばね部材50及び綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押さえるための被綴じ物押さえ機構を構成する。
The substrate 22 includes a binding member support portion (a first binding member support portion 30 and a second binding member support portion 34) in the vicinity of a region where the operation lever 60 is installed.
The binding member 70 includes an engaging portion 90 that swings so as to open and close between a hold state (locked state) in which the object X is pressed and an open state (unlocked state) in which the object X is separated from the object X. ing.
The engaging portion 90 constitutes a binding member support mechanism for rotatably attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22.
The spring member 50 serving as the urging member has a part (spring first end portion 56) extending toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the binding member 70 is centered on the engaging portion 90. It is connected to the binding member 70 so as to be operated so as to be rotated between a pressing hold state and an open state away from the object to be bound.
The spring member 50 and the binding member 70 constitute a binding object pressing mechanism for pressing the binding object X.
金属製薄板によって形成される台部材を構成する板状本体たる基板22は、その幅方向の一端部(左端部)における直線状長手端縁に操作部材取り付け部を構成する軸受部を備え、軸受部は、図5ないし図7に示すように、基板22に対して直立する起立面部を有する軸受板24と、軸受板24の面と平行な面を有する軸受部38とによって構成される。
軸受板24は、基板22と一体的に形成されてなり、軸受部38は、基板22より起立されてなる。
軸受板24は、基板22の長手方向の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁近傍に至るまで連続して形成される。
軸受板24の長手方向の一端側(向こう側)には、操作部材取り付け部を構成する円形の枢軸固定用貫通孔26が形成されている。
枢軸固定用貫通孔26は、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26の周辺が、操作レバー60と対向する軸受板24の起立面部と操作レバー60を軸受板24に固定する軸58の軸方向とが斜交するように、向こう側が外に(操作レバー60が取り付けられる面とは反対側に)突き出し、手前側が内に(操作レバー60が取り付けられる面側に)突き出して、操作レバー60と軸受板24の起立面部とは傾斜して形成されている。
第1綴じ部材支持部30は、操作レバー60の向こう側端より更に向こう側に綴じ部材70を支持するために、配置される。
A substrate 22 that is a plate-like main body that constitutes a base member formed of a thin metal plate includes a bearing portion that constitutes an operation member attachment portion at a linear longitudinal end edge at one end portion (left end portion) in the width direction. As shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, the portion includes a bearing plate 24 having an upstanding surface portion standing upright with respect to the substrate 22, and a bearing portion 38 having a surface parallel to the surface of the bearing plate 24.
The bearing plate 24 is formed integrally with the substrate 22, and the bearing portion 38 is erected from the substrate 22.
The bearing plate 24 is continuously formed from the front side edge in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 to the vicinity of the far side edge.
On one end side (the other side) of the bearing plate 24 in the longitudinal direction, a circular pivot fixing through hole 26 constituting an operation member mounting portion is formed.
The pivot fixing through-hole 26 is formed so that the periphery of the pivot fixing through-hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 is in the axial direction of the shaft 58 that fixes the rising surface portion of the bearing plate 24 facing the operation lever 60 and the operation lever 60 to the bearing plate 24. So that the other side protrudes outward (opposite to the surface on which the operation lever 60 is attached), and the front side protrudes inward (to the surface on which the operation lever 60 is attached). The bearing plate 24 is formed to be inclined with respect to the standing surface portion.
The first binding member support portion 30 is arranged to support the binding member 70 further beyond the far end of the operation lever 60.
さらに、これらの第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34の間であって、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とを結ぶ線より軸受板24の側であって軸受板24とは適宜な間隔を離れる側において、軸受板24の面と平行な面を有する軸受部38が形成される。この軸受部38は、基板22にU字状の切り込みを形成し、この部分を切り起こすことにより形成され、軸受板24に対してその全体が、操作レバー60の軸受部たる軸受板24の起立面部と斜交するように形成されている。すなわち、操作レバー60を軸受板24に固定する軸58の軸方向が操作レバー60の軸受部たる軸受板24の起立面部と斜交し、枢軸固定用貫通孔26の周辺と平行になるように形成されている。
この軸受部38には、円形の貫通孔40が形成され、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とが対向するように配置される。すなわち、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とを結ぶ線と、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とを結ぶ線とが、互いに斜交するように形成される。
Further, between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34, a holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and a holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 are provided. A bearing portion 38 having a surface parallel to the surface of the bearing plate 24 is formed on the side of the bearing plate 24 from the connecting line and on the side away from the bearing plate 24 by an appropriate distance. The bearing portion 38 is formed by forming a U-shaped cut in the substrate 22 and cutting and raising this portion. The entire bearing portion 38 stands up from the bearing plate 24 as the bearing portion of the operation lever 60. It is formed so as to be oblique to the surface portion. That is, the axial direction of the shaft 58 that fixes the operation lever 60 to the bearing plate 24 is oblique to the upright surface portion of the bearing plate 24 that is the bearing portion of the operation lever 60, and is parallel to the periphery of the pivot fixing through hole 26. Is formed.
A circular through hole 40 is formed in the bearing portion 38, and the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38 are arranged to face each other. That is, a line connecting the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38. Are formed so as to obliquely cross each other.
軸受板24と適宜な間隔を隔てて操作部材たる操作レバー60の長手方向において間隔をあけて、少なくとも二つの綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)が突設されている。軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26の形成部の向こう側において、第1綴じ部材支持部30は、綴じ部材70を支持する第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面は、軸受板24の主面と平行になるように形成される。この第1綴じ部材支持部30には、正面視長方形の保持穴32が形成される。
さらに、操作レバー60の向こう側より手前側において、綴じ部材70を支持するために、第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面に平行な面を有する別の第2綴じ部材支持部34が形成される。この第2綴じ部材支持部34には、正面視長方形の保持穴36が形成される。
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、基板22にU字状の切り込みを形成し、この部分を切り起こすことにより形成される。
前後一対の保持穴32と保持穴36とは、基板22の長手方向にのびる正面視長方形であって、基板22の上面から均等な高さに形成されている。
これらの第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34とは、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って並列された板状体である。そして、その第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面と第2綴じ部材支持部34の主面とを結ぶ線が、軸受板24の基板22側の主面に平行となるように配置され、複数の綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)の面が、綴じ部材70の側を向いて綴じ部材70の長手方向に広がる平面に平行に並列されている。
At least two binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) are spaced apart from the bearing plate 24 in the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60 that is an operation member with an appropriate interval. Projected. On the other side of the formation portion of the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, the first binding member support portion 30 is configured such that the main surface of the first binding member support portion 30 that supports the binding member 70 is the main surface of the bearing plate 24. It is formed so as to be parallel to the surface. The first binding member support portion 30 is formed with a rectangular holding hole 32 in front view.
Furthermore, another second binding member support portion 34 having a surface parallel to the main surface of the first binding member support portion 30 is formed in order to support the binding member 70 on the front side from the other side of the operation lever 60. The The second binding member support portion 34 is formed with a rectangular holding hole 36 in front view.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are formed by forming a U-shaped cut in the substrate 22 and cutting up this portion.
The pair of front and rear holding holes 32 and 36 are rectangular in front view extending in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22, and are formed at an equal height from the upper surface of the substrate 22.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are plate-like bodies arranged in parallel along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70. And the line which connects the main surface of the 1st binding member support part 30 and the main surface of the 2nd binding member support part 34 is arrange | positioned so that it may become parallel to the main surface by the side of the board | substrate 22 of the bearing plate 24, and several The surfaces of the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) are parallel to a plane extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 toward the binding member 70 side. .
前記綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と、該押圧部72に連設された架け渡し部74と、該架け渡し部74の押圧部72とは反対側に形成された立ち上がり部76とを有している。
The binding member 70 includes a pressing portion 72 that presses the object to be bound X, a bridging portion 74 that is connected to the pressing portion 72, and a rising portion that is formed on the opposite side of the pressing portion 72 of the bridging portion 74. Part 76.
[綴じ部材支持機構]
前記綴じ部材70を基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構は、立ち上がり部76に押圧部72側に向けて突き出し設けられている係合部90と、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34とにより構成される。
前記綴じ部材70の係合部90は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72とは反対側の端縁である立ち上がり部76に、長手方向において間隔をあけて少なくとも二つ形成されている。
前記係合部90は、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に係合され且つ綴じ部材70を揺動させるように支持凸部92を形成されている。
[Binding member support mechanism]
The binding member support mechanism for pivotally attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22 includes an engaging portion 90 protruding from the rising portion 76 toward the pressing portion 72 side, and the first binding member support portion. 30 and the second binding member support portion 34.
At least two engaging portions 90 of the binding member 70 are formed at intervals in the longitudinal direction at a rising portion 76 that is an edge opposite to the pressing portion 72 that holds the binding object X.
The engaging portion 90 is engaged with the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 and has a support convex portion 92 so as to swing the binding member 70. Is formed.
前記支持凸部92は、押圧部72とは反対側の綴じ部材70の端縁たる立ち上がり部76から突き出し設けられた断面略L字型又は断面略J字型である。支持凸部92は、立ち上がり部76に垂直に交わる板状の支持基部94と、支持基部94と垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76に平行な板状の垂下部96とを備える。
保持穴32と保持穴36とは、基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置しており、保持穴32及び保持穴36に係合して支持される複数の係合部90の支持基部94は、全て基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置するように構成されている。
The support convex portion 92 has a substantially L-shaped cross section or a substantially J-shaped cross section that protrudes from a rising portion 76 that is an end edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the pressing portion 72. The support convex portion 92 includes a plate-like support base portion 94 that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly and a plate-like hanging portion 96 that intersects the support base portion 94 perpendicularly and is parallel to the rising portion 76.
The holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 are located at the same height at the same distance from the main surface of the substrate 22 and are engaged with the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 to be supported by a plurality of engagements. The support bases 94 of the part 90 are all configured to be located at the same height apart from the main surface of the substrate 22 by the same distance.
そして、支持凸部92は、綴じ部材70の被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と向き合う端縁側の領域の下部において、支持基部94が保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部に係合され、綴じ部材70を揺動できるように保持される。
支持凸部92は、保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部に係合された領域(支持基部94)よりのびた先端側たる垂下部96が、保持穴32及び保持穴36から綴じ部材70を揺動するときに抜け出ないように、保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部から下方に垂れ下がっている。
The support convex portion 92 is engaged with the lower portion of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 in the lower portion of the edge side region facing the pressing portion 72 that holds the binding object X of the binding member 70, and is bound. The member 70 is held so as to be able to swing.
In the support convex portion 92, a drooping portion 96, which extends from the region engaged with the lower portions of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 (support base 94), swings the binding member 70 from the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36. In order to prevent it from coming out when it is done, it hangs downward from the lower portions of the holding holes 32 and 36.
前記支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34を台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材70の配置側に向けて突設された状態において、保持穴32及び保持穴36の穴内に、その先端より差し込むことができるように、綴じ部材70の押圧部72と向き合う端縁から間隔をあけて押圧部72の側に向けて突き出し設けられている。
綴じ部材70の立ち上がり部76は、支持凸部92が左右端の下方に形成され、支持凸部92を形成された領域においては、支持凸部92を第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に差し込み係合させるときの妨げとならないように切り欠かれている。架け渡し部74の下端と支持凸部92との間に切り欠きによるスペースが設けられているので、基板22の主面に立設された部位に当接することなく、支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けることができる(図9(A)参照)。
The support protrusion 92 is formed in the state in which the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are protruded toward the arrangement side of the binding member 70 on the base plate 22 serving as a base member. In the hole 36, it is provided so as to protrude toward the pressing portion 72 at a distance from the end edge facing the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70 so that it can be inserted from the tip thereof.
The rising portion 76 of the binding member 70 has the support convex portion 92 formed below the left and right ends. In the region where the support convex portion 92 is formed, the support convex portion 92 is held in the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30. In addition, the second binding member support portion 34 is notched so as not to interfere with the insertion and engagement with the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34. Since a space by a notch is provided between the lower end of the bridging portion 74 and the support convex portion 92, the support convex portion 92 can be It can attach to the 1st binding member support part 30 and the 2nd binding member support part 34 (refer FIG. 9 (A)).
この実施の形態においては、前記支持凸部92は、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34との間隔に対応した間隔をおいて、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って前後1対の支持凸部92が並列されている。支持凸部92は、手前側の第1の支持凸部92aと向こう側の第2の支持凸部92bとが同一の形状の板状体である。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、いずれも、綴じ部材70の端縁より押圧部72に向けて屈曲されて支持基部94を形成され、且つ、支持基部94より端縁の下方に向けて屈曲されて垂下部96を形成されている。立ち上がり部76と第1の支持凸部92a及び第2の支持凸部92bとのなす形状は、正面視略h字状である。
第1の支持凸部92aは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第1の支持基部94aと、第1の支持基部94aと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第1の垂下部96aとを備える。
第2の支持凸部92bは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第2の支持基部94bと、第2の支持基部94bと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第2の垂下部96bとを備える。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、立ち上がり部76より同じ長さが突き出されている。第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、綴じ部材70が第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられたときに水平方向に突き出し形成されている。而して、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられたときに、基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置する。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、第1の支持基部94aと第2の支持基部94bとが同じ高さに形成されており、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとが係合される第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とは、同じ高さに形成されている。
このように、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられた綴じ部材70は、押圧部72の向こう側の接地部72a及び手前側の接地部72bが基板22と平行となって、同時に同一の押圧力で被綴じ物Xを押圧するように構成されている。
そして、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)が突設された状態において、保持穴32に第1の支持凸部92aを及び保持穴36に第2の支持凸部92bをそれぞれの穴内に、それぞれの垂下部96の先端より差し込むことができるように形成されている。
In this embodiment, the support convex portion 92 is spaced along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 with an interval corresponding to the interval between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. A pair of front and rear support protrusions 92 are juxtaposed. The support convex portion 92 is a plate-like body in which the first support convex portion 92a on the near side and the second support convex portion 92b on the far side are the same shape.
The first support convex portion 92 a and the second support convex portion 92 b are both bent from the edge of the binding member 70 toward the pressing portion 72 to form a support base 94, and from the support base 94. A drooping portion 96 is formed by bending downward toward the edge. The shape formed by the rising portion 76, the first support convex portion 92a, and the second support convex portion 92b is substantially h-shaped when viewed from the front.
The first support convex portion 92 a includes a plate-like first support base portion 94 a that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly, and a plate-shaped first hanging portion that intersects the first support base portion 94 a perpendicularly and is parallel to the rising portion 76. Part 96a.
The second support protrusion 92b includes a plate-like second support base 94b that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly, and a plate-shaped second hanging base that intersects the second support base 94b perpendicularly and parallel to the rising portion 76. Part 96b.
The first support convex portion 92 a and the second support convex portion 92 b have the same length protruding from the rising portion 76. The first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed to protrude in the horizontal direction when the binding member 70 is attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. Yes. Thus, the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed from the main surface of the substrate 22 when attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. Located at the same height, separated by the same distance.
The first support convex part 92a and the second support convex part 92b are formed such that the first support base part 94a and the second support base part 94b are at the same height, and the first support convex part 92a and The holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 with which the second support convex portion 92b is engaged are formed at the same height.
As described above, the binding member 70 attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 has the grounding portion 72a on the far side of the pressing portion 72 and the grounding portion 72b on the near side parallel to the substrate 22. At the same time, the object to be bound X is pressed with the same pressing force.
The first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed by protruding the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) on the base plate 22 as the base member. In this state, the first support convex portion 92a is inserted into the holding hole 32 and the second support convex portion 92b is formed into the hole so that it can be inserted into the respective holes from the tips of the hanging portions 96. Has been.
この実施の形態においては、綴じ部材70を操作レバー60側により近づけて配置するために軸受部38と第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34との間隔を狭くしているので、第1の支持凸部92aを保持穴32に及び第2の支持凸部92bを保持穴36にそれぞれ挿入する前には、軸受部38は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34から離隔するように第1綴じ部材支持部30側に若干倒されている(図11(A)参照)。
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、基板22から綴じ部材70の配置側に向けて立ち上げられ、基板22と主面と垂直になるように立設されている(図11(A)参照)。
第1の支持凸部92aは、その先端である第1の垂下部96aの下端を、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32の穴縁にあてがい、且つ、第2の支持凸部92bは、その先端である第2の垂下部96bの下端を第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36の穴縁にあてがい、押圧部72を第1綴じ部材支持部30及び保持穴32から離れる方向(軸受板24より離れる方向)に引っ張ることにより、第1の支持凸部92aを保持穴32内に、第2の支持凸部92bを保持穴36内に挿入する(図11(B)参照)。
そして、若干倒されていた軸受部38は、綴じ部材70が第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に連結された後に、基板22の主面と垂直になるように立ち上げられる(図11(C)参照)。
In this embodiment, since the binding member 70 is arranged closer to the operation lever 60 side, the interval between the bearing portion 38 and the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 is narrowed. Before inserting the first support convex portion 92a into the holding hole 32 and the second support convex portion 92b into the holding hole 36, the bearing portion 38 is connected to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member. It is slightly tilted toward the first binding member support portion 30 so as to be separated from the support portion 34 (see FIG. 11A).
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are raised from the substrate 22 toward the arrangement side of the binding member 70 and are erected so as to be perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 22 ( (See FIG. 11A).
The first support convex portion 92a applies the lower end of the first hanging portion 96a, which is the tip thereof, to the hole edge of the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30, and the second support convex portion 92b The lower end of the second hanging portion 96b, which is the tip, is applied to the hole edge of the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, and the pressing portion 72 is separated from the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 32 ( By pulling in the direction away from the bearing plate 24, the first support convex portion 92a is inserted into the holding hole 32, and the second support convex portion 92b is inserted into the holding hole 36 (see FIG. 11B).
The bearing portion 38 that has been slightly tilted is raised so as to be perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 22 after the binding member 70 is connected to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. (See FIG. 11C).
また、基板22の幅方向の他端側(右端部)には、1条の凸条42が形成される。凸条42は、基板22の幅方向において適宜な距離をあけて平行に形成される。そして、基板22の長手方向の両側には、綴じ具20をファイルなどに取り付けるための基板固定用貫通孔44が向こう側と手前側とに一対形成され、基板固定用貫通孔44に鋲を嵌装して綴じ具20がファイルなどに取り付けられる。
Further, a single protrusion 42 is formed on the other end side (right end) of the substrate 22 in the width direction. The ridges 42 are formed in parallel at an appropriate distance in the width direction of the substrate 22. A pair of substrate fixing through holes 44 for attaching the binding tool 20 to a file or the like are formed on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 on the opposite side and the near side, and a hook is fitted into the substrate fixing through hole 44. The binding tool 20 is attached to a file or the like.
[被綴じ物押さえ機構]
軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40には、軸58が挿通され、軸58に捩りコイルばねからなるばね部材50および操作部材たる操作レバー60が取り付けられる。
操作レバー60は、基板22上においてロックされた状態にするためのロック機構を備えている。
ロック機構は、操作レバー60の側(軸受板24とは反対側)に設けられた、係合体120及び該係合体120が取り付けられた係合体支持部180、並びに操作レバー60に設けられた突起部100を備える。
[Binding mechanism for the object to be bound]
A shaft 58 is inserted through the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38, and a spring member 50 made of a torsion coil spring and an operation lever 60 as an operation member are attached to the shaft 58.
The operation lever 60 includes a lock mechanism for bringing the operation lever 60 into a locked state on the substrate 22.
The lock mechanism includes an engagement body 120 provided on the operation lever 60 side (opposite side to the bearing plate 24), an engagement body support portion 180 to which the engagement body 120 is attached, and a protrusion provided on the operation lever 60. Part 100 is provided.
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりその一部分が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70の操作部材たる操作レバー60側を中心として被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態とに移動するように作動させる。
前記綴じ部材70は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりのびる幅方向を有し、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記操作部材たる操作レバー60とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を含む直線SL1と略々同一の直線上に前記押圧部72を有し、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分が綴じ部材70の幅方向にのびて、前記綴じ部材70の端縁を含む直線SL1の近傍に位置し、且つ、前記綴じ部材の長手方向における中央の近傍に位置している。
ばね部材50は、軸58の外周に巻装された巻線部52と、前記巻線部52の一端(右端部)から綴じ部材70側にのびるばね第1端部56と、前記巻線部52の軸受板24側の他端(左端部)から操作レバー60側に直線状にのびるばね第2端部54とを有している。
軸58及びばね部材50の巻線部52は、軸受板24と斜交するように、軸受板24及び軸受部38の間に架け渡される。
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分(ばね第1端部56)は、前記綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態から被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態に開閉移動するように前記操作部材たる操作レバー60を操作した場合に、上方向すなわち、軸受板24が立ち上がる方向に移動するように形成されている。
前記ばね部材50は、その一部分(ばね第1端部56)が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とに開閉するために係合部90を中心として回動するように構成されている。
A part of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member extends from the operation lever 60 side that is the operation member toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the spring member 50 that is the operation member of the binding member 70 is centered on the operation lever 60 side. It operates so that it moves to the hold state which presses the binding object X, and the open state which leaves | separates from the binding object X.
The binding member 70 has a width direction extending from the operation lever 60 side serving as the operation member, and an edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the operation lever 60 serving as the operation member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view. The pressing portion 72 is provided on a straight line that is substantially the same as the straight line SL 1 including the edge portion of the binding member 70. located in the vicinity of the straight line SL 1 containing, and are located in the vicinity of the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member.
The spring member 50 includes a winding portion 52 wound around an outer periphery of a shaft 58, a spring first end portion 56 extending from one end (right end portion) of the winding portion 52 toward the binding member 70, and the winding portion. 52 has a spring second end portion 54 linearly extending from the other end (left end portion) on the bearing plate 24 side to the operation lever 60 side.
The shaft 58 and the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 are bridged between the bearing plate 24 and the bearing portion 38 so as to cross the bearing plate 24 obliquely.
The part (spring first end portion 56) of the spring member 50 as the urging member is opened and closed so as to open and close from a hold state where the binding member 70 presses the binding object X to an open state away from the binding object. When the operation lever 60 which is an operation member is operated, it is formed to move in the upward direction, that is, the direction in which the bearing plate 24 rises.
A part of the spring member 50 (spring first end portion 56) extends toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the holding state in which the binding member 70 presses the object X to be bound and an open state away from the object to be bound. In order to open and close to the state, it is configured to rotate around the engaging portion 90.
ばね部材50のばね第2端部54は、巻線部52の軸受板24側でその後側の上端より手前側に直線状に延び、その先端が外力を受けないときは、その先端が手前側に斜め上方に向けてのびるように形成されている。
The spring second end portion 54 of the spring member 50 extends linearly from the upper end of the rear side on the bearing plate 24 side of the winding portion 52 to the near side, and when the tip is not subjected to external force, the tip is on the near side. It is formed so as to extend obliquely upward.
ばね第1端部56は、巻線部52の軸受部38側でその手前側の下端より軸受板24とは反対側に延びたばね立ち上がり部56aを備え、外力を受けないときは略L字状となるように、上方に延びたばね立ち上がり部56aの上端から斜め下方にばね架け渡し部56bが延び、ばね架け渡し部56bの自由端側にばね係止部56cが形成されている。
前記外力が作用しないばね第1端部56と外力が作用しないばね第2端部54(特に立ち上がり部50b)とは、巻線部52からその先端に向かうに従って、それぞれが離れ拡がる方向に向けてのびる略八の字状に形成されている。
The spring first end portion 56 includes a spring rising portion 56a that extends from the lower end on the front side of the winding portion 52 to the opposite side of the bearing plate 24 on the bearing portion 38 side of the winding portion 52, and is substantially L-shaped when receiving no external force. Thus, a spring spanning portion 56b extends obliquely downward from the upper end of the spring rising portion 56a that extends upward, and a spring locking portion 56c is formed on the free end side of the spring spanning portion 56b.
The spring first end portion 56 where the external force does not act and the spring second end portion 54 (particularly the rising portion 50b) where the external force does not act are separated and expanded from the winding portion 52 toward the tip thereof. It is formed in an approximately eight-letter shape.
操作レバー60及びばね部材50を基板22に固定する軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mから向こう側端縁までの間に配置されており、前記軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における前記向こう側端縁よりも、中央mすなわち第1の付勢部材収容部80の近傍に配置されている。綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mは、綴じ部材70の向こう側端縁と手前側端縁とを結ぶ線の中央をいう。
また、ばね部材50は、前記巻線部52から前記綴じ部材70にのびた第1端部56において、略々直角に曲がった角部56dを有している。綴じ具20がホールド状態にあるとき、ばね部材50の巻線部52から角部56dにかけてのばね立ち上がり部56aは、綴じ具20の長手方向に平行であって、ばね部材50の先端であるばね係止部56cから角部56dにかけてのばね架け渡し部56bは、綴じ具20の幅方向に平行である。
前記角部56dから前記巻線部52の中心までの長さL1(すなわち、ばね立ち上がり部56aと略々同じ長さ)は、前記軸58ののびる方向の直線SL2と前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央線との間の長さL2と略々同一である(図12B参照)。
綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央線は、中央m(綴じ部材70の向こう側端縁と手前側端縁とを結ぶ線の中央)を通る、綴じ部材70の幅方向における直線SL4をいう。
A shaft 58 for fixing the operation lever 60 and the spring member 50 to the substrate 22 is disposed between the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 and the far side edge, and the shaft 58 is connected to the binding member 70. It is arrange | positioned in the vicinity of the center m, ie, the 1st biasing member accommodating part 80, rather than the said far side edge in the longitudinal direction. The center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 refers to the center of a line connecting the far side edge and the near side edge of the binding member 70.
The spring member 50 has a corner portion 56 d that is bent substantially at a right angle at a first end portion 56 extending from the winding portion 52 to the binding member 70. When the binding tool 20 is in the hold state, the spring rising portion 56a from the winding portion 52 to the corner portion 56d of the spring member 50 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the binding tool 20 and is a spring that is the tip of the spring member 50. The spring spanning portion 56b from the locking portion 56c to the corner portion 56d is parallel to the width direction of the binding tool 20.
A length L 1 from the corner portion 56d to the center of the winding portion 52 (that is, approximately the same length as the spring rising portion 56a) is equal to the straight line SL 2 in the extending direction of the shaft 58 and the binding member 70. it is substantially the same as the length L 2 between the center line in the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 12B).
The center line in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 refers to a straight line SL 4 in the width direction of the binding member 70 passing through the center m (the center of the line connecting the far side edge and the near side edge of the binding member 70).
基板22は、軸58の一端を軸支する軸固定部たる軸受板24と、前記軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26より向こう側にわずかにずれた位置に形成され、軸58の他端を軸支する軸固定部たる軸受部38とを有する。
軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とに架け渡されて固定された軸58は、その綴じ部材70側である軸受部38側の方が、軸58の軸受板24側を中心にして操作レバー60の自由端より離れる方向に水平面上において回転した位置において、軸受部38の貫通孔40に固定されている。
The substrate 22 is formed at a position slightly shifted to the far side of the bearing plate 24 as a shaft fixing portion that pivotally supports one end of the shaft 58 and the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, and the other end of the shaft 58. And a bearing portion 38 that is a shaft fixing portion that supports the shaft.
The shaft 58 spanned and fixed between the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38 has a bearing portion 38 side which is the binding member 70 side of the shaft 58. At the position rotated on the horizontal plane in the direction away from the free end of the operation lever 60 around the plate 24 side, it is fixed to the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38.
操作レバー60及びばね部材50を基板22に固定する軸58は、その軸58ののびる軸方向の直線SL2と前記ばね部材50の巻線部52の中心軸SL3上の直線との傾きを、前記ホールド状態と前記オープン状態とにおいて変更可能である(図12A(A)及び(B)参照)。
すなわち、前記巻線部52の内径が、前記軸58の外径との間に若干の隙間が設けられている。更に、基板22の軸受板24から軸受部38までの長さが、巻線部52の中心軸方向における巻線部52の幅(綴じ具20の幅方向における巻線部52の幅)に対して、十分に設けられている。このような構成により、軸58ののびる方向に対して、巻線部52が傾くことが可能である。
The shaft 58 that fixes the operating lever 60 and the spring member 50 to the substrate 22 has an inclination between the straight line SL 2 extending in the axial direction of the shaft 58 and the straight line on the central axis SL 3 of the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50. It can be changed between the hold state and the open state (see FIGS. 12A (A) and 12 (B)).
That is, a slight gap is provided between the inner diameter of the winding portion 52 and the outer diameter of the shaft 58. Further, the length from the bearing plate 24 to the bearing portion 38 of the substrate 22 is relative to the width of the winding portion 52 in the central axis direction of the winding portion 52 (the width of the winding portion 52 in the width direction of the binding tool 20). And it is provided enough. With such a configuration, the winding portion 52 can be inclined with respect to the direction in which the shaft 58 extends.
ここで、ばね部材50の巻線部52の中心軸が軸58に対して傾きを変更できない構成であった場合を比較して説明する。
綴じ具20がホールド状態にあるとき、ばね架け渡し部56bは、巻線部52の中心軸すなわち軸58に略々平行であり、ばね架け渡し部56bは、綴じ具20を平面視して綴じ部材54の中央に位置しており、貫通孔78に挿通されている。
ばね架け渡し部56bは、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動するときに、巻線部52の中心軸すなわち軸58を中心として回転して、綴じ具20を右側から見て若干右上に移動する。
一方で、綴じ部材70の貫通孔78は、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動するときに、綴じ部材70が前後1対の第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとを結ぶ線を回転中心として回動するに従って、綴じ具20を右側から見て真上に移動する。
ところが、ばね部材50の巻線部52の中心軸が軸58に対して傾きを変更できない場合、ばね部材50のばね架け渡し部56bと綴じ部材70の貫通孔78とでは、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動ときの移動方向が異なるため、ばね架け渡し部56bが貫通孔78を挿通した状態を維持してオープン状態からホールド状態に移動する際にばね架け渡し部56b及び貫通孔78の接触部分で負荷がかかってしまうおそれがある。そのため、オープン状態とホールド状態でスムーズな移動が困難となるおそれがある。
しかしながら、この発明の綴じ具20は、巻線部52の中心軸の傾きを軸58に対して変更することができる構成であるため、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動ときにも、綴じ具を右側から見た貫通孔78の真上への移動に従って、ばね部材50の巻線部52の中心軸が移動し、ばね部材50が貫通孔78を挿通した状態を維持したままばね架け渡し部56b及び貫通孔78の接触部分で大きな負荷をかけることなくスムーズに綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動することが可能である。
Here, a case in which the central axis of the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 cannot be changed in inclination with respect to the shaft 58 will be described in comparison.
When the binding tool 20 is in the hold state, the spring spanning portion 56b is substantially parallel to the central axis of the winding portion 52, that is, the shaft 58, and the spring spanning portion 56b binds the binding tool 20 in plan view. It is located at the center of the member 54 and is inserted through the through hole 78.
When the binding tool 20 moves from the hold state to the open state, the spring spanning part 56b rotates around the central axis of the winding part 52, that is, the shaft 58, and slightly moves to the upper right when the binding tool 20 is viewed from the right side. Moving.
On the other hand, when the binding tool 20 moves from the hold state to the open state, the binding member 70 has a pair of first and second support protrusions 92a and 92b. The binding tool 20 is moved directly upward as viewed from the right side as it rotates about the line connecting the two.
However, when the central axis of the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 cannot change the inclination with respect to the shaft 58, the binding tool 20 is held between the spring bridge portion 56 b of the spring member 50 and the through hole 78 of the binding member 70. Since the moving direction when moving from the state to the open state is different, the spring bridge portion 56b and the through hole 78 are maintained when the spring bridge portion 56b moves from the open state to the hold state while maintaining the state where the spring bridge portion 56b is inserted through the through hole 78. There is a risk that a load will be applied at the contact part. Therefore, smooth movement may be difficult in the open state and the hold state.
However, since the binding tool 20 of the present invention is configured to be able to change the inclination of the central axis of the winding portion 52 with respect to the shaft 58, even when the binding tool 20 moves from the hold state to the open state, The central axis of the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 moves in accordance with the movement of the binding tool from the right side to the position directly above the through hole 78, and the spring member 50 is maintained in a state where the spring member 50 is inserted through the through hole 78. The binding tool 20 can smoothly move from the hold state to the open state without applying a large load at the contact portion between the transfer portion 56b and the through hole 78.
操作レバー60及びばね部材50を基板22に固定する軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mから向こう側端縁までの間に配置されており、前記軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における前記向こう側端縁よりも、中央mすなわち第1の付勢部材収容部80の近傍に配置されているが、ここで、仮に前記軸58が前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央ではなく、向こう側端縁の近傍に配置されている場合を比較して説明する。
向こう側端縁の近傍に配置されている場合、前記軸58ののびる方向の直線と前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央線までの長さが大きくなるため、その長さと略々同一の長さである前記角部56dから前記巻線部52の中心までの長さL1(すなわち、ばね立ち上がり部56aと略々同じ長さ)も大きい構成の綴じ具となる。
前記したように、綴じ具20が巻線部52の中心軸が軸58に対して傾きを変更できない構成であった場合には、ばね架け渡し部56bが、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動するときに、巻線部52の中心軸すなわち軸58を中心として回転して、綴じ具20を右側から見て若干右上に移動することになるが、巻線部52の中心軸SL3から角部56dまでの長さL1(半径L1)が大きくなると、それに応じて綴じ具20を右側から見た右上への移動距離は大きくなる。巻線部52の中心軸の傾きを軸58に対して変更することができる構成であったとしても、この移動距離が大きいとそれだけ巻線部52が大きく傾く必要がでてくるが、軸58に対する巻線部52の傾きにも限界があるため、綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動するときに、ばね架け渡し部56b及び貫通孔78の接触部分で大きな負荷がかかってしまう。
しかしながら、この発明の綴じ具20は、前記軸58が前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における前記向こう側端縁よりも中央mすなわち第1の付勢部材収容部80の近傍に配置され、巻線部52の中心軸から角部56dまでの長さL2(半径L1)を小さくしているため、ばね架け渡し部56b及び貫通孔78の接触部分で大きな負荷をかけることなくスムーズに綴じ具20がホールド状態からオープン状態に移動することを可能にしている。
A shaft 58 for fixing the operation lever 60 and the spring member 50 to the substrate 22 is disposed between the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 and the far side edge, and the shaft 58 is connected to the binding member 70. Is arranged in the vicinity of the center m, that is, in the vicinity of the first biasing member accommodating portion 80, with respect to the far side edge in the longitudinal direction. Here, it is assumed that the shaft 58 is the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70. Instead, the case where it is arranged in the vicinity of the far side edge will be described in comparison.
When arranged in the vicinity of the far side edge, the length from the straight line in the extending direction of the shaft 58 to the center line in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 becomes large, so that the length is substantially the same as that length. Thus, the length L 1 from the corner portion 56d to the center of the winding portion 52 (that is, approximately the same length as that of the spring rising portion 56a) is also a large binding tool.
As described above, when the binding tool 20 has a configuration in which the inclination of the central axis of the winding portion 52 with respect to the shaft 58 cannot be changed, the spring bridging portion 56b is opened from the hold state to the binding tool 20. when moving, rotating about a central axis or axis 58 of the winding unit 52, it will move slightly to the upper right looking at the binding device 20 from the right, the center axis SL 3 of the winding portion 52 When the length L 1 (radius L 1 ) from the corner portion 56d increases, the distance to the upper right when the binding tool 20 is viewed from the right side increases accordingly. Even if the inclination of the central axis of the winding portion 52 can be changed with respect to the shaft 58, the winding portion 52 needs to be greatly inclined as the moving distance increases. Since there is a limit to the inclination of the winding portion 52, a large load is applied to the contact portion of the spring bridging portion 56b and the through hole 78 when the binding tool 20 moves from the hold state to the open state.
However, in the binding tool 20 of the present invention, the shaft 58 is disposed at the center m, that is, in the vicinity of the first urging member accommodating portion 80 with respect to the far side edge in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70, and the winding portion Since the length L 2 (radius L 1 ) from the central axis of 52 to the corner portion 56d is reduced, the binding tool 20 can be smoothly applied without applying a large load at the contact portion between the spring bridging portion 56b and the through hole 78. Makes it possible to move from the hold state to the open state.
ばね部材50は、軸固定部たる軸受板24と軸受部38との間において、巻線部52が軸58の軸回りにおいて基板22と略平行に装着され、前記外力が作用しないばね第2端部54は、軸受板24の内側に沿って基板22の長手方向に伸び、操作レバー60の長手方向と略平行に操作レバー60に固定されている。
すなわち、前記外力が作用しないばね第2端部54は、被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とにするためにロック状態からロックを解除するように操作レバー60を回動させる方向、すなわち操作レバー60が回動する軌道面に沿って、操作レバー60に固定されている。したがって、ばね部材50は、不用な干渉なくスムーズに動くことができ、操作レバー60の上昇及び下降等の動きもスムーズになる。
In the spring member 50, the winding portion 52 is mounted substantially parallel to the substrate 22 around the axis of the shaft 58 between the bearing plate 24 and the bearing portion 38 as the shaft fixing portion, and the second end of the spring where the external force does not act. The portion 54 extends in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 along the inner side of the bearing plate 24, and is fixed to the operation lever 60 substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60.
That is, the spring second end portion 54 to which the external force does not act pushes the operation lever 60 so as to release the lock from the locked state in order to set the hold state for pressing the binding object X and the open state away from the binding object. It is fixed to the operation lever 60 along the rotating direction, that is, along the track surface on which the operation lever 60 rotates. Therefore, the spring member 50 can move smoothly without unnecessary interference, and the movement of the operation lever 60 such as raising and lowering becomes smooth.
操作レバー60を回動して綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)にするとき及び被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)にするとき、すなわち開閉するときに、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、回動するが、巻線部52は、それに対応して縮まったり緩んだりする。そのために、巻線部52の内径は、若干軸58の外径との間に隙間が設けられるように構成されている。そして、巻線部52は、軸58の外周面上に巻装されている。
すなわち、巻線部52は、操作レバー60の長手方向とは斜めに交差するようにばね第2端部54側からばね第1端部56側に向けて延び、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の側が、ばね第2端部54の側より向こう側の位置において、基板22に固定されている。
ばね部材50に外力が作用しないとき、ばね第2端部54は、操作レバー60の自由端を軸58を枢軸部として押し上げるように形成され、ばね第1端部56は、綴じ部材70を基板22の表面に接近するように形成されている。
ばね部材50は、ばね第2端部54が操作レバー60の長手方向と略平行に操作レバー60に固定されているので、操作レバー60を倒伏位置に向けて押し下げるとき、軸受板24と略平行な方向すなわち垂直方向に向けて押し下げ、ロック機構を構成する突起部100を係合体120に係止させることができる。
When the operating lever 60 is rotated to bring the binding member 70 into a hold state (locked state) in which the binding object X is pressed and to an open state (unlocked state) away from the binding object X, that is, to open and close In addition, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 rotates, but the winding portion 52 contracts or loosens accordingly. Therefore, the inner diameter of the winding part 52 is configured so that a gap is provided slightly between the outer diameter of the shaft 58. The winding portion 52 is wound on the outer peripheral surface of the shaft 58.
That is, the winding portion 52 extends from the spring second end portion 54 side toward the spring first end portion 56 side so as to obliquely intersect the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60, and the spring first end of the spring member 50. The portion 56 side is fixed to the substrate 22 at a position farther from the spring second end portion 54 side.
When no external force acts on the spring member 50, the spring second end portion 54 is formed so as to push up the free end of the operation lever 60 with the shaft 58 as a pivot portion, and the spring first end portion 56 forms the binding member 70 on the substrate. It is formed so as to approach the surface of 22.
Since the spring second end portion 54 of the spring member 50 is fixed to the operation lever 60 substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60, the spring member 50 is substantially parallel to the bearing plate 24 when the operation lever 60 is pushed down toward the lying down position. The protrusion 100 constituting the lock mechanism can be engaged with the engagement body 120 by being pushed down in a simple direction, that is, in the vertical direction.
平面視略長方形状の綴じ部材70は、基板22上において、基板22の長手方向に延びて軸受板24と平行に取り付けられ、軸受板24とは反対側の綴じ部材70の長手端縁が基板22の表面に接近離間するように形成される。
綴じ部材70は、たとえば1枚の金属板によって形成される。綴じ部材70は、たとえば第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34との距離より短い長さを有し、幅方向において上方に向けて膨らむように屈曲する形状(断面略L字状)に形成される。
そして、綴じ部材70の幅方向の軸受板24側において、その長手方向の両側に分かれて軸受板24側とは反対側に向けて突出する係合部90が形成される。
これらの係合部90が、枢軸部受けたる第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32および枢軸部受けたる第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に嵌め込まれる。
手前側の第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36は、向こう側の第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と、基板22からの高さが同一になるように形成され、向こう側の保持穴32に係合された綴じ部材70の向こう側の第1の支持凸部92aと、手前側の保持穴36に係合された綴じ部材70の手前側の第2の支持凸部92bと同一の高さ位置で係合されている。
The binding member 70 having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view extends on the substrate 22 in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 and is mounted in parallel with the bearing plate 24, and the longitudinal edge of the binding member 70 opposite to the bearing plate 24 is the substrate. It is formed so as to approach and separate from the surface of 22.
The binding member 70 is formed of, for example, a single metal plate. The binding member 70 has a length shorter than the distance between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34, for example, and is bent so as to bulge upward in the width direction (substantially L-shaped in cross section). Formed).
Then, on the bearing plate 24 side in the width direction of the binding member 70, an engaging portion 90 is formed which is divided on both sides in the longitudinal direction and protrudes toward the opposite side to the bearing plate 24 side.
These engaging portions 90 are fitted into the holding holes 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 serving as the pivot portion and the holding holes 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 serving as the pivot portion.
The holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 on the near side is formed so that the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 on the far side is the same as the height from the substrate 22. A first support convex portion 92a on the far side of the binding member 70 engaged with the holding hole 32, and a second support convex portion 92b on the near side of the binding member 70 engaged with the holding hole 36 on the near side, They are engaged at the same height position.
したがって、綴じ部材70は、2つの前後1対の第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとを結ぶ線を回転中心として回動可能となっている。
操作レバー60は、軸受板24と係合部90との間において、軸受板24及び第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとを結ぶ線に沿ってのびる。
そして、操作レバー60の手前側の自由端を押さえて突起部100を係合体支持部180の係合体120に係止して操作レバー60をロックするとき、綴じ部材70の手前側の第2の支持凸部92bと向こう側の第1の支持凸部92aとが同一の高さに位置するので、ばね部材50のばね係止部56cが綴じ部材70の架け渡し部74を押える位置(綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央近傍)との関係上同時に被綴じ物Xを押さえ始めて、被綴じ物Xにかかる押える力のバランスが向こう側と手前側と均等となる。
Therefore, the binding member 70 is rotatable around a line connecting the two pairs of the first and second support protrusions 92a and 92b.
The operation lever 60 extends between the bearing plate 24 and the engaging portion 90 along a line connecting the bearing plate 24 and the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b.
When the front end of the operation lever 60 is pressed and the projection 100 is locked to the engagement body 120 of the engagement body support portion 180 to lock the operation lever 60, the second front side of the binding member 70 is locked. Since the support convex portion 92b and the first support convex portion 92a on the other side are located at the same height, the position where the spring locking portion 56c of the spring member 50 presses the bridging portion 74 of the binding member 70 (binding member). 70 in the longitudinal direction in the longitudinal direction), the object X starts to be pressed simultaneously, and the pressing force applied to the object X is balanced between the far side and the near side.
なお、係合部90の強度を高め、保持穴32及び保持穴36内で係合部90が回転しやすいように、係合部90は幅方向に屈曲するように形成される。このように、綴じ部材70から突出する係合部90を第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に嵌め込むことにより、別部品たる回転軸などを用いて綴じ部材70を回動可能に保持する場合に比べて、部品数を少なくすることができる。
The engaging portion 90 is formed to be bent in the width direction so that the strength of the engaging portion 90 is increased and the engaging portion 90 is easily rotated in the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36. As described above, the engaging portion 90 protruding from the binding member 70 is fitted into the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, so that the rotating shaft as a separate part or the like The number of parts can be reduced compared to the case where the binding member 70 is rotatably held using
綴じ部材70は、図8ないし図10において示すように、係合部90側より軸受板24とは反対側の斜め上方に延びた立ち上がり部76と、立ち上がり部76の上端から斜め下方(水平面に対して略22°)に向けて延びた平板状の架け渡し部74と、架け渡し部74の自由端に、綴じ部材70の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁に亘って斜め下方(垂直面に対して略15°)に向けて折り曲げられて形成された押圧部72とが形成されている。押圧部72は、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押えるときに、架け渡し部74側に若干撓みつつ押圧部72が書類などの被綴じ物Xを押圧し得るように形成されている。
As shown in FIGS. 8 to 10, the binding member 70 includes a rising portion 76 that extends obliquely upward from the engagement portion 90 side on the side opposite to the bearing plate 24, and a diagonally downward (horizontal plane) from the upper end of the rising portion 76. And a flat bridge portion 74 extending toward the front end of the binding member 70 from the front side edge of the binding member 70 to the far side edge (vertical surface). And a pressing portion 72 formed by being bent toward approximately 15 °. The pressing part 72 is formed so that when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed, the pressing part 72 can press the object to be bound X such as a document while being slightly bent toward the bridging part 74.
押圧部72は、架け渡し部74の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁に至るまで連続して形成される。押圧部72は、その自由端に形成された被綴じ物Xに接地する接地領域が向こう側の接地部72aと手前側の接地部72bとに分かれており、向こう側の接地部72aと手前側の接地部72bとは略々同じ接地面積となるように形成されている。
The pressing part 72 is formed continuously from the near side edge of the bridging part 74 to the far side edge. The pressing portion 72 has a grounding region that is grounded to the object to be bound X formed at a free end thereof divided into a grounding portion 72a on the far side and a grounding portion 72b on the near side, and the grounding portion 72a on the far side and the near side The grounding portion 72b is formed to have substantially the same grounding area.
前記綴じ部材70は、その全体が平面視略長方形状で正面視略々台形状にわん曲した板状体に形成されており、幅方向におけるその一端側部分に前記押圧部72が下方に向かってのびるように形成され、幅方向におけるその他端側部分(軸受板24側部分)に一対の係合部90が前記他端側部分に平行にかつ押圧部72方向にのびるように形成されている。押圧部72は、基板22の長手方向にのびる。
The binding member 70 is formed in a plate-like body that is substantially rectangular in plan view and bent in a substantially trapezoidal shape in front view, and the pressing portion 72 faces downward at one end portion in the width direction. A pair of engaging portions 90 are formed on the other end side portion (bearing plate 24 side portion) in the width direction so as to extend in parallel to the other end side portion and in the direction of the pressing portion 72. . The pressing portion 72 extends in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22.
前記綴じ部材70は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりのびる幅方向を有し、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記操作部材たる操作レバー60とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍において前記押圧部72を有し、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分たるばね第1端部56が綴じ部材70の幅方向にのびて、前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍に位置している。
基準面Pxzは、基板22の主面に直交する垂直面である。
The binding member 70 has a width direction extending from the operation lever 60 side serving as the operation member, and an edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the operation lever 60 serving as the operation member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view. The spring first end portion 56 that is the portion of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member extends in the width direction of the binding member 70 in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz that passes through the binding member 70. It is located in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz that passes through the edge.
The reference plane P xz is a vertical plane orthogonal to the main surface of the substrate 22.
前記綴じ部材70は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央であって、かつ、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍に、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記ばね第1端部56を挿通するための貫通孔78を有している。前記綴じ部材70は、更に、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央であって、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁と、前記貫通孔78との間において、切り欠かれて収容空間部を形成された、第1の付勢部材収容部80とを有している。
第1の付勢部材収容部80は、ロック状態とロック解除状態との間で移動する際に、前記綴じ部材70と干渉することなく前記ばね部材50が移動することができるように形成されている。
第1の付勢部材収容部80は、オープン状態とホールド状態との間の移動において、前記ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が前記綴じ部材70に接触しないように、立ち上がり部76側が広く押圧部72側に向かうに従って狭く形成される。
綴じ部材70は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央であって、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁と、前記貫通孔78との間に、上向きに膨出されて形成された、第2の付勢部材収容部82を有している。
The binding member 70 is the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 and the edge of the binding member 70 opposite to the spring member 50 that is the biasing member in the plan view of the binding member 70. A through hole 78 for inserting the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 as the biasing member is provided in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz passing through. The binding member 70 is further in the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70, and the edge of the binding member 70 on the spring member 50 side which is the biasing member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view, Between the through-hole 78, it has the 1st biasing member accommodating part 80 which was notched and formed the accommodation space part.
The first urging member accommodating portion 80 is formed so that the spring member 50 can move without interfering with the binding member 70 when moving between the locked state and the unlocked state. Yes.
The first urging member accommodating portion 80 has a wide rising portion 76 side so that the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 does not contact the binding member 70 during the movement between the open state and the hold state. It narrows as it goes to the pressing part 72 side.
The binding member 70 is the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70, and the edge of the binding member 70 on the opposite side of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view, Between the through-hole 78, it has the 2nd biasing member accommodating part 82 formed by bulging upward.
綴じ部材70は、前記第1の付勢部材収容部80に臨む領域において、下向きに凹まされて、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記ばね第1端部56を係止し且つ覆うために形成された、付勢部材端部保持部86を有している。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、第2の付勢部材収容部82の下端に立ち上がり部76側に向けて突設された板状体であり、オープン状態のときには、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成され、ホールド状態のときにも、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を覆うように形成されている。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時及び薄い場合のロック時には、基板22の主面と略々平行になるように構成されている(図32A及び図32B参照)。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時及び薄い場合のロック時には、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が係止されないように構成されている(図32A及び図32B参照)。
The binding member 70 is recessed downward in a region facing the first biasing member accommodating portion 80 to lock and cover the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 as the biasing member. The biasing member end holding portion 86 is formed.
The urging member end holding portion 86 is a plate-like body projecting toward the rising portion 76 side at the lower end of the second urging member accommodating portion 82, and in the open state, the spring member 50 of the spring member 50. The first end portion 56 is configured to be locked, and is formed so as to cover the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 even in the hold state.
The biasing member end holding portion 86 is configured to be substantially parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thick and when locked when it is thin (FIG. 32A). And FIG. 32B).
The biasing member end holding portion 86 is configured so that the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is not locked when locked when the thickness of the binding object X is thick and when locked. (See FIGS. 32A and 32B).
綴じ部材70は、付勢部材端部保持部86より立ち上がり部76側で付勢部材端部保持部86より上方において、ロック状態においてばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するための付勢部材端部係止部84を有している。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、第1の付勢部材収容部80の押圧部72側端から貫通孔78に亘って設けられた板状体である。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが薄い場合のロック時には基板22の主面と略々平行になり、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成されている(図32B参照)。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時には基板22の主面と略々斜交するようになり、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成されている(図32A参照)。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、下側に凹み、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を抱持するように構成されている。
The binding member 70 is for locking the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 in the locked state on the rising portion 76 side from the biasing member end portion holding portion 86 and above the biasing member end portion holding portion 86. It has a biasing member end locking portion 84.
The urging member end locking portion 84 is a plate-like body that is provided from the pressing portion 72 side end of the first urging member accommodating portion 80 to the through hole 78.
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is substantially parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thin, and locks the spring first end 56 of the spring member 50. (See FIG. 32B).
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is substantially oblique to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thick, and the spring first end 56 of the spring member 50 is connected to the biasing member end locking portion 84. It is comprised so that it may latch (refer FIG. 32A).
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is recessed downward and is configured to hold the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50.
立ち上がり部76は、綴じ部材70の長手方向(手前側端から向こう側端に至る方向)における中央mにおいて、一部切り欠かれて、第1の付勢部材収容部80が形成されている。
架け渡し部74は、綴じ部材70の長手方向(手前側端から向こう側端に至る方向)における中央において、下向き(下方向)に凹まされて、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を収容するための第1の付勢部材収容部80が形成されている。
The rising portion 76 is partially cut out at the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 (the direction from the near side end to the far side end) to form the first biasing member accommodating portion 80.
The bridging portion 74 is recessed downward (downward) at the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 (the direction from the near side end to the far side end) and accommodates the first spring end 56 of the spring member 50. A first biasing member accommodating portion 80 is formed for this purpose.
ばね部材50は、ばね第1端部56が綴じ部材70の内面に近似した形状に形成され、ばね部材50のばね立ち上がり部56aが綴じ部材70の立ち上がり部76に沿って立ち上がり、そしてばね部材50のばね架け渡し部56bが綴じ部材70の第1の付勢部材収容部80に沿ってのびて、ばね部材50のばね係止部56cが綴じ部材70の付勢部材端部係止部84又は付勢部材端部保持部86に係止固定されるように設けられている。
The spring member 50 is formed in a shape in which the spring first end portion 56 approximates the inner surface of the binding member 70, the spring rising portion 56 a of the spring member 50 rises along the rising portion 76 of the binding member 70, and the spring member 50. The spring bridging portion 56b extends along the first biasing member accommodating portion 80 of the binding member 70, and the spring locking portion 56c of the spring member 50 is the biasing member end locking portion 84 of the binding member 70 or It is provided so as to be locked and fixed to the biasing member end holding portion 86.
第2の付勢部材収容部82には、扇形、矩形、半円又は円形の貫通孔78が形成され、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が付勢部材端部保持部86側より緩挿され、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の先端部(ばね係止部56c)が貫通孔78から外れないようにされている。
貫通孔78は、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の外形より少し大きい大きさで、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を緩挿できる形状に形成されており、ばね部材50が貫通孔78の中で若干動くことができる隙間をあけるように構成されている。
A fan-shaped, rectangular, semicircular or circular through hole 78 is formed in the second biasing member accommodating portion 82, and the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is loosened from the biasing member end holding portion 86 side. The distal end portion (spring locking portion 56 c) of the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is prevented from being detached from the through hole 78.
The through hole 78 is slightly larger than the outer shape of the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50, and is formed in a shape that allows the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 to be loosely inserted. The gap 78 is configured to be slightly movable in the hole 78.
この実施の形態においては、綴じ部材70は、幅方向における中央cより軸受板24側に立ち上がり部76と架け渡し部74とが接続された頂部tが形成され、前記頂部tより押圧部72側に付勢部材端部係止部84及び付勢部材端部保持部86が形成され、付勢部材端部係止部84及び付勢部材端部保持部86の幅方向(前後方向)において略々中央において貫通孔78が穿設されている(図9及び図13参照)。
貫通孔78は、その下縁eが頂部tより下方であって付勢部材端部保持部86より上方において形成されている。
押圧部72は、係合部90より高さ方向(上下方向)において上方に形成されている(図9及び図13参照)。
貫通孔78は、綴じ部材70の前後端に形成された係合部90の間(第1の支持凸部92aと向こう側の第2の支持凸部92bとの間)において、綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央近傍であって、押圧部72に近い位置に形成されている。
なお、押圧部72には、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押さえ付けたときの力による変形を防ぐために、直線状のリブを長手方向に連続して形成してもよく、また、架け渡し部74にも、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押さえ付けたときの力による変形を防ぐために、直線状のリブが長手方向に連続して形成してもよい。
In this embodiment, the binding member 70 has a top portion t in which a rising portion 76 and a bridging portion 74 are connected to the bearing plate 24 side from the center c in the width direction, and the pressing portion 72 side from the top portion t. The urging member end portion locking portion 84 and the urging member end portion holding portion 86 are formed in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the urging member end portion locking portion 84 and the urging member end portion holding portion 86. A through hole 78 is formed at the center (see FIGS. 9 and 13).
The through-hole 78 has a lower edge e formed below the top t and above the biasing member end holding portion 86.
The pressing portion 72 is formed above the engaging portion 90 in the height direction (vertical direction) (see FIGS. 9 and 13).
The through hole 78 is formed between the engaging portions 90 formed at the front and rear ends of the binding member 70 (between the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b on the far side). It is formed near the center in the longitudinal direction and close to the pressing portion 72.
In addition, in order to prevent the pressing part 72 from being deformed by a force when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed, a linear rib may be continuously formed in the longitudinal direction, and the bridging part In order to prevent deformation due to the force when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed down, linear ribs may also be continuously formed in the longitudinal direction.
ばね部材50は、図13において示すように、綴じ具20を閉じた状態(ホールド状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aが水平に近い方向を向いて、ばね係止部56cが水平に近い方向を向いている。ばね立ち上がり部56aは、背表紙14c(すなわち折り曲げ部16aと折り曲げ部16bとの間の長さ)の高さより高くならない(図32参照)。
ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、図14及び図15において示すように、ロック時には貫通孔78の下縁に接し合う。
ばね部材50は、図14において示すように、綴じ具20を少し開いた状態(オープン状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aの手前側がやや上昇してばね立ち上がり部56aが斜め上方を向いて、ばね係止部56cがやや下方を向いている。
ばね部材50は、図15において示すように、綴じ具20をいっぱいに開いた状態(オープン状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aが垂直方向を向いて、ばね係止部56cが向こう側に向いて回転してほぼ斜めに立ち上がった状態となる。
ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、図32において示すように、オープン状態にするときには、貫通孔78の上縁及び/又は第2の付勢部材収容部82の内面に接し合う。
As shown in FIG. 13, in the state where the binding tool 20 is closed (hold state), the spring member 50 faces the spring rising portion 56a in the direction close to the horizontal and the spring locking portion 56c in the direction close to the horizontal. It is suitable. The spring rising portion 56a does not become higher than the height of the spine 14c (that is, the length between the bent portion 16a and the bent portion 16b) (see FIG. 32).
As shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 contacts the lower edge of the through hole 78 when locked.
As shown in FIG. 14, in the state where the binding tool 20 is slightly opened (open state), the spring member 50 slightly rises in front of the spring rising portion 56a and the spring rising portion 56a faces obliquely upward. The locking portion 56c faces slightly downward.
As shown in FIG. 15, in the spring member 50 in a state where the binding tool 20 is fully opened (open state), the spring rising portion 56a faces the vertical direction, and the spring locking portion 56c faces the other side. Rotates and stands up almost diagonally.
As shown in FIG. 32, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 contacts the upper edge of the through hole 78 and / or the inner surface of the second biasing member accommodating portion 82 when the spring member 50 is in the open state.
操作レバー60は、合成樹脂又は金属板などによって長尺状に形成され、その強度を高めるために、横断面略L字状または横断面略U字状に形成され、軸受板24側の第1垂直側壁60aと、第1垂直側壁60aと一定の間隔をおいて平行に形成された第2垂直側壁60bとを備える。
操作レバー60の長手方向の一端側(向こう側)における第1垂直側壁60a及び第2垂直側壁60bには、円形のレバー貫通孔62が形成される。そして、軸58が、操作レバー60のレバー貫通孔62と第1垂直側壁60aの内側に配設されたばね部材50の巻線部52とに挿通するようにして、軸受板24および軸受部38に取り付けられる。
ばね部材50のばね第2端部54は、操作レバー60の内側に沿って配置され、操作レバー60の第1垂直側壁60aと及び第2垂直側壁60bとの間に固定される。
The operation lever 60 is formed in a long shape with a synthetic resin or a metal plate, and is formed in a substantially L-shaped cross section or a substantially U-shaped cross section in order to increase its strength. The vertical side wall 60a includes a first vertical side wall 60a and a second vertical side wall 60b formed in parallel with a predetermined interval.
A circular lever through hole 62 is formed in the first vertical side wall 60a and the second vertical side wall 60b on one end side (the other side) in the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60. Then, the shaft 58 is inserted into the lever through hole 62 of the operation lever 60 and the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 disposed inside the first vertical side wall 60a, so that the bearing plate 24 and the bearing portion 38 are inserted. It is attached.
The spring second end portion 54 of the spring member 50 is disposed along the inner side of the operation lever 60 and is fixed between the first vertical side wall 60a and the second vertical side wall 60b of the operation lever 60.
[ロック機構]
次に、ホールド状態にある操作レバー60をロックするためのロック機構について説明する。
操作レバー60の第1垂直側壁60aには、ホールド状態にある操作レバー60を基板22に固定するためすなわちロックするための突起部100が設けられている。
そして、操作レバー60の綴じ部材70側には、ロックするために突起部100と係合される、係合体120と、前記係合体120が取り付けられた係合体支持部180を備える。
前記ロック状態は、前記係合体120と前記突起部100が係合されることにより形成される。
[Lock mechanism]
Next, a lock mechanism for locking the operation lever 60 in the hold state will be described.
The first vertical side wall 60 a of the operation lever 60 is provided with a protrusion 100 for fixing the operation lever 60 in the hold state to the substrate 22, that is, for locking.
On the binding member 70 side of the operation lever 60, an engagement body 120 that is engaged with the protrusion 100 to be locked and an engagement body support portion 180 to which the engagement body 120 is attached are provided.
The locked state is formed by engaging the engagement body 120 and the protrusion 100.
前記係合体120は、前記係合体支持部180に対して回転可能又は摺動可能に取り付けられ、前記被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態にロックするロック状態は、前記係合体120が前記係合体支持部180に対して所定の位置及び向きで、前記係合体120と前記突起部100が係合されることにより形成される。
前記係合体120を取り付けられた前記係合体支持部180は、操作レバー60の突起部100及び係合体120が前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するとき、および、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、基板22の主面と平行な面上を、操作レバー60の突起部100側に向けて接近したり、離隔したりするように揺動する構造となっている。
前記係合体120は、前記係合体支持部180に対して摺動可能に取り付けられ、前記係合体120は、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、前記係合体120に前記突起部100が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部180に対して摺動可能である。
The engagement body 120 is rotatably or slidably attached to the engagement body support portion 180, and the engagement body 120 is in a locked state in which the engagement body 120 is locked in a hold state for pressing the binding object X. It is formed by engaging the engaging body 120 and the protruding portion 100 at a predetermined position and orientation with respect to the support portion 180.
The engagement body support portion 180 to which the engagement body 120 is attached is used when the protrusion 100 of the operation lever 60 and the engagement body 120 move from the locked state to the unlocked state and from the unlocked state to the locked state. When moving to the state, it is configured to swing so that the surface parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 approaches or separates toward the protruding portion 100 side of the operation lever 60.
The engagement body 120 is slidably attached to the engagement body support portion 180. When the engagement body 120 moves from the unlocked state to the locked state, the projecting portion is formed on the engagement body 120. Within the range in which 100 always contacts, it is slidable with respect to the engagement body support portion 180.
係合体支持部180は、操作部材たる操作レバー60の長手方向に沿う長手方向を有する係合体支持本体182と、該係合体支持本体182に形成された係合体移動部184とを備える。
係合体支持本体182は、その長手方向における一端に形成された、係合体支持部180の支持部固定部186と、係合体支持部180の支持部固定部186とは離れた他端に形成された、自由端部188とを有している。
係合体支持部180は、固定された係合体支持部180の支持部固定部186を中心に撓み、操作部材たる操作レバー60の突起部100に近づいたり離れたりするように、復元力のある弾力性を有する合成樹脂によって構成されている。
The engagement body support portion 180 includes an engagement body support body 182 having a longitudinal direction along the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60 as an operation member, and an engagement body moving portion 184 formed on the engagement body support body 182.
The engagement body support body 182 is formed at one end in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support section 180 and the other end of the engagement body support section 180 away from the support section fixing section 186 of the engagement body support section 180. And a free end 188.
The engaging body support portion 180 bends around the support portion fixing portion 186 of the fixed engaging body support portion 180, and has a resilient force with a restoring force so as to approach or separate from the projection portion 100 of the operation lever 60 as an operation member. It is comprised by the synthetic resin which has property.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部180は、係合体支持本体182の一方の端部の支持部固定部186の底面に形成された支持部固定部186の固定突起部186aを基板22の上面に形成された固定凹部46aに差し込み、固定される。
係合体支持部180の自由端部188は、基板22の上面に形成された保持凸部46bに摺動自在に嵌挿され、係合体支持本体182が撓むように構成されている。
In this embodiment, the engagement body support portion 180 has the fixing protrusion 186 a of the support portion fixing portion 186 formed on the bottom surface of the support portion fixing portion 186 at one end of the engagement body support body 182 as the substrate 22. It is inserted into a fixing recess 46a formed on the upper surface and fixed.
The free end portion 188 of the engagement body support portion 180 is slidably fitted into a holding convex portion 46b formed on the upper surface of the substrate 22 so that the engagement body support body 182 is bent.
係合体支持部180は、係合体120に前記突起部100が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部180に対して摺動可能にするために、前記係合体支持本体182に案内支持部190を形成されている。
案内支持部190は、係合体支持本体182の上部に形成された第1の案内支持部190aと、係合体支持本体182の下部の操作レバー60とは反対側の壁面に形成された第2の案内支持部190bとを備える。
更に、係合体支持部180は、係合体支持本体182の長手方向において、係合体120の摺動する範囲を限定するための係合体移動規制部192を備える。
係合体移動規制部192は、係合体移動部184の手前側において係合体移動部184に向いて形成された第1の係合体移動規制部192aと、係合体移動部184の向こう側において係合体移動部184に向いて形成された第2の係合体移動規制部192bとを備える。
The engagement body support portion 180 is provided on the engagement body support body 182 so as to be slidable with respect to the engagement body support portion 180 within a range where the protrusion 100 is always in contact with the engagement body 120. 190 is formed.
The guide support portion 190 includes a first guide support portion 190a formed on the upper portion of the engagement body support body 182 and a second wall surface formed on the wall surface opposite to the operation lever 60 on the lower portion of the engagement body support body 182. And a guide support portion 190b.
Furthermore, the engagement body support part 180 includes an engagement body movement restriction part 192 for limiting the range in which the engagement body 120 slides in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support body 182.
The engaging body movement restricting portion 192 includes a first engaging body movement restricting portion 192a formed toward the engaging body moving portion 184 on the front side of the engaging body moving portion 184, and an engaging body on the other side of the engaging body moving portion 184. A second engaging body movement restricting portion 192b formed facing the moving portion 184.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部180は、平面視略長方形の角柱状の係合体支持本体182の長手方向に、係合体支持本体182の長手方向に係合体120を移動するための係合体移動部184を穿設されている。
係合体支持本体182は、その上部(すなわち基板22とは反対側の壁面)に突起部100を通過させるための開口部198を有し、開口部198は係合体移動部184に連通している。
ロックするために操作レバー60を垂下させるとき、操作レバー60の突起部100が該開口部198を通過して、係合体移動部184の係合体120の上方に至る。
ロック状態を解除するために、操作レバー60を上昇させるとき、操作レバー60の突起部100が該開口部198を通過して、係合体支持部180の上方に至る。
In this embodiment, the engagement body support portion 180 is a member for moving the engagement body 120 in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support body 182 in the longitudinal direction of the prismatic engagement body support body 182 having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view. A combined moving part 184 is formed.
The engaging body support main body 182 has an opening 198 for allowing the protrusion 100 to pass through the upper portion thereof (that is, the wall surface opposite to the substrate 22), and the opening 198 communicates with the engaging body moving section 184. .
When the operation lever 60 is suspended to lock, the protrusion 100 of the operation lever 60 passes through the opening 198 and reaches the engagement body 120 of the engagement body moving section 184.
When the operation lever 60 is raised to release the locked state, the protrusion 100 of the operation lever 60 passes through the opening 198 and reaches the upper side of the engagement body support portion 180.
係合体120は、係合体支持部180の係合体移動部184に摺接される係合体本体122と、係合体本体122に形成された突起部100に従動するための従動案内部124とを備え、従動案内部124に配設された突起部100の移動によって、係合体支持部180の係合体移動部184に沿ってロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するように構成されている。
The engagement body 120 includes an engagement body main body 122 that is slidably contacted with the engagement body moving portion 184 of the engagement body support portion 180, and a driven guide portion 124 for following the protrusion 100 formed on the engagement body main body 122. The protrusion 100 disposed in the driven guide portion 124 is configured to move from the locked state to the unlocked state along the engaging body moving portion 184 of the engaging body support portion 180 by the movement of the protruding portion 100.
前記係合体120の従動案内部124は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部100が押し当てられる第1の斜面部130と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部100が通過する第1の突起通過部132と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部100を案内する突起案内部134と、ロック状態にするときに前記突起部100を係合する突起係合部136と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記突起部100が押し当てられる第2の斜面部138と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記突起部100が通過する第2の突起通過部140とを備える。
The follower guide portion 124 of the engagement body 120 includes a first slope portion 130 against which the protrusion 100 is pressed when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and the moving guide portion 124 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state. The first protrusion passage part 132 through which the protrusion part 100 passes, the protrusion guide part 134 that guides the protrusion part 100 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and the protrusion part 100 when it is in the locked state. A protrusion engaging portion 136 to be engaged; a second slope portion 138 against which the protrusion 100 is pressed when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state; and the protrusion when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state. A second protrusion passing portion 140 through which the portion 100 passes.
第1の斜面部130は、係合体本体122の上方に形成された第1のブロック126の上面および第2の突縁部144の上部、すなわち開口部198側に形成されている。
第1の突起通過部132は、第1のブロック126の側部すなわち向こう側の壁面に沿って形成される。
前記第1の突起通過部132には、第1の突縁部142が、前記第1の突起通過部132を通過する前記突起部100に対して突き出て形成されている。
前記第2の突起通過部140には、第2の突縁部144が、前記第2の突起通過部140を通過する前記突起部100に対して突き出て形成されている。
The first inclined surface portion 130 is formed on the upper surface of the first block 126 formed above the engaging body main body 122 and the upper portion of the second protruding edge portion 144, that is, on the opening 198 side.
The first protrusion passage portion 132 is formed along the side portion of the first block 126, that is, the wall surface on the far side.
In the first protrusion passage portion 132, a first protrusion edge portion 142 is formed so as to protrude with respect to the protrusion portion 100 passing through the first protrusion passage portion 132.
The second protrusion passage part 140 is formed with a second protrusion edge part 144 protruding from the protrusion part 100 passing through the second protrusion passage part 140.
第1の突起通過部132は、第1の斜面部130の低い位置において第1の斜面部130に連設され、第1の突起通過部132の第1の斜面部130と連設された部位とは離れた位置において突起案内部134が連設され、突起案内部134に続いて突起係合部136が連設されている。
突起係合部136は、第1のブロック126の基板22側の下部、すなわち第1のブロック126の下部の壁面の下方に形成される。
The first projection passage portion 132 is connected to the first slope portion 130 at a lower position of the first slope portion 130, and is a portion that is connected to the first slope portion 130 of the first projection passage portion 132. A projection guide part 134 is provided continuously at a position away from the projection guide part 134, and a projection engagement part 136 is provided continuously after the projection guide part 134.
The protrusion engaging portion 136 is formed on the lower portion of the first block 126 on the substrate 22 side, that is, below the wall surface of the lower portion of the first block 126.
突起係合部136と向き合って第2の斜面部138が形成され、第2の突起通過部140が第2の斜面部138の低い位置において第2の斜面部138に連設されている。
第2の斜面部138は、係合体本体122の下方に形成された第2のブロック128の上部すなわち開口部198側に形成されている。
突起係合部136と第2の斜面部138の手前側と第2の突起通過部140との間には、突起係合部136と第2の斜面部138の間の領域より凹んだ、突起通過段差部150が形成されている。
第2の突起通過部140は、突起係合部136と第2の斜面部138の間の領域より凹んだ、突起通過段差部150の手前側の領域に形成され、且つ、第1のブロック126の手前側の壁面に沿って形成されている。
A second inclined surface portion 138 is formed to face the protrusion engaging portion 136, and the second protrusion passing portion 140 is connected to the second inclined surface portion 138 at a position lower than the second inclined surface portion 138.
The second inclined surface portion 138 is formed on the upper portion of the second block 128 formed below the engaging body main body 122, that is, on the opening 198 side.
A protrusion that is recessed between the front side of the protrusion engaging portion 136 and the second inclined surface portion 138 and the second protrusion passing portion 140 than the region between the protrusion engaging portion 136 and the second inclined surface portion 138. A passing step 150 is formed.
The second protrusion passage portion 140 is formed in a region on the near side of the protrusion passage step portion 150 that is recessed from the region between the protrusion engagement portion 136 and the second inclined surface portion 138, and the first block 126. It is formed along the wall surface on the near side.
係合体120は、係合体支持部180の案内支持部190に摺接して案内されるための案内連結部(第1案内連結部146,第2案内連結部148)を備える。
第1案内連結部146は、前記第1の案内支持部190aの係合段部と係合するための係合段部を備えており、第1案内連結部146の係合段部と第1の案内支持部190aの係合段部とは平面状で、摺動することができるように構成されている。
第2案内連結部148は、前記第2の案内支持部190bの係合段部と係合するための係合段部を備えており、第2案内連結部148の係合段部と第2の案内支持部190bの係合段部とは平面状で、摺動することができるように構成されている。
The engagement body 120 includes a guide connection portion (a first guide connection portion 146 and a second guide connection portion 148) for sliding and contacting the guide support portion 190 of the engagement body support portion 180.
The first guide connection portion 146 includes an engagement step portion for engaging with the engagement step portion of the first guide support portion 190a. The engagement support portion of the guide support portion 190a is planar and is slidable.
The second guide connection portion 148 includes an engagement step portion for engaging with the engagement step portion of the second guide support portion 190b, and the second guide connection portion 148 includes an engagement step portion and a second step. The engagement support portion of the guide support portion 190b is planar and is slidable.
この実施の形態においては、係合体120は、第1案内連結部146が係合体支持部180の係合体支持本体182の上部に形成された第1の案内支持部190aに摺動自在に連結され、第2案内連結部148が、係合体支持本体182の下部の操作レバー60とは反対側の壁面に形成された第2の案内支持部190bに摺動自在に連結されて、係合体移動部184内を、係合体支持本体182の長手方向において摺動するように構成されている。
係合体120は、操作レバー60側に向いた面側において、従動案内部124を係合体本体122に穿設されて、従動案内部124に挿入された突起部100を移動できるように構成されている。
In this embodiment, the engagement body 120 is slidably coupled to a first guide support portion 190 a formed on the upper portion of the engagement body support body 182 of the engagement body support portion 180. The second guide connection portion 148 is slidably connected to a second guide support portion 190b formed on the wall surface of the lower portion of the engagement body support main body 182 opposite to the operation lever 60, and the engagement body moving portion. The inside of the 184 is configured to slide in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support main body 182.
The engaging body 120 is configured such that a driven guide portion 124 is formed in the engaging body main body 122 on the surface side facing the operation lever 60 so that the protrusion 100 inserted into the driven guide portion 124 can move. Yes.
前記係合体120は、前記第1の突起通過部132が前記突起部100の軌道上に位置する第1の状態と、前記突起部100と前記係合体120が係合され、前記綴じ部材70がロック状態にある第2の状態と、前記第2の突起通過部140が前記突起部100の軌道上に位置する第3の状態とをとることができる。
The engaging body 120 includes a first state in which the first protrusion passage portion 132 is positioned on the track of the protrusion 100, the protrusion 100 and the engagement body 120 are engaged, and the binding member 70 is A second state in a locked state and a third state in which the second protrusion passage part 140 is located on the orbit of the protrusion part 100 can be taken.
係合体120は、前記係合体支持部180に対して摺動可能であり、係合体120が第1の突起通過部132が突起部100の軌道上に位置する第1の状態をとらないときには、必ず突起部100の軌道上に第1の斜面部130があるような範囲で、摺動可能である。
When the engagement body 120 is slidable with respect to the engagement body support portion 180 and the engagement body 120 does not take the first state in which the first protrusion passage portion 132 is located on the track of the protrusion portion 100, It is slidable as long as the first inclined surface portion 130 is on the protrusion 100.
突起部100は、上部に形成された傾斜面を有する第1の面102と、前記第1の面102の低い方の部分に角部を介して連続する第2の面104と、前記第1の面102に連続しない第2の面104の部分に角部を介して連続する第3の面106と、前記第2の面104に連続しない第3の面106の部分に角部を介して連続する第4の面108と、前記第3の面106に連続しない第4の面108の部分に角部を介して連続する第5の面110とを備える。
突起部100は、前記面が側面を構成する断面略多角形の角柱体に形成され、該角柱体の底面112と該角柱体の側面とを備える。
前記第1の面102,第2の面104,第3の面106,第4の面108及び第5の面110は、角柱体の側面に形成される。
第1の面102は、操作レバー60の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜面であり、第2の面104は、操作レバー60を水平にした状態において垂直平面であり、第3の面106は、操作レバー60の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜平面であり、第4の面108は、操作レバー60の向こう側に行くに従って高くなる傾斜平面であり、第5の面110は、操作レバー60を水平にした状態において垂直平面である、略々五角柱状体である。
第1の面102は、底面112に向かって上方に傾斜した傾斜面であり、第1の面102と底面との間でくびれており、また、第1の面102と操作レバー60の垂直壁面との間でもくびれている。
底面112は、係合体支持部180の係合体移動部184の垂直壁面と向き合い、摺接するための垂直平面である。
突起部100は、前記角柱体の底面が係合体120の操作部材たる操作レバー60に向き合う面と向き合い、且つ、前記角柱体の側面が係合体120の従動案内部124に摺接するように形成されている。
The projecting portion 100 includes a first surface 102 having an inclined surface formed at an upper portion, a second surface 104 continuing to a lower portion of the first surface 102 via a corner portion, and the first surface A second surface 104 that is not continuous with the second surface 104 via a corner, and a third surface 106 that is not continuous with the second surface 104 via a corner. A fourth surface 108 that is continuous, and a fifth surface 110 that is continuous with a portion of the fourth surface 108 that is not continuous with the third surface 106 via a corner.
The protrusion 100 is formed in a prismatic body having a substantially polygonal cross section in which the surface forms a side surface, and includes a bottom surface 112 of the prismatic body and a side surface of the prismatic body.
The first surface 102, the second surface 104, the third surface 106, the fourth surface 108, and the fifth surface 110 are formed on the side surfaces of the prismatic body.
The first surface 102 is an inclined surface that becomes lower as it goes beyond the operation lever 60, the second surface 104 is a vertical plane when the operation lever 60 is horizontal, and the third surface 106 is The fourth plane 108 is an inclined plane that becomes higher as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 60, and the fifth face 110 is an inclined plane that becomes higher as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 60. It is a substantially pentagonal columnar body that is a vertical plane in a state where is horizontal.
The first surface 102 is an inclined surface inclined upward toward the bottom surface 112, and is constricted between the first surface 102 and the bottom surface, and the first surface 102 and the vertical wall surface of the operation lever 60 It is also constricted between.
The bottom surface 112 is a vertical plane for facing and slidingly contacting the vertical wall surface of the engaging body moving portion 184 of the engaging body support portion 180.
The protrusion 100 is formed such that the bottom surface of the prismatic body faces the surface facing the operation lever 60 that is the operation member of the engaging body 120, and the side surface of the prismatic body slides on the driven guide portion 124 of the engaging body 120. ing.
次に、オープン状態にある操作レバー60をホールド状態にして、ロック機構をロック状態にすることについて説明する。
ロック機構をロック状態にするために、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60を、台部材たる基板22の主面に略々直交する方向に基板22に向けて押し下げると、操作レバー60の突起部100は、係合体支持部180の上部の開口部198より、開口部198の下方すなわち基板22側に位置する係合体120の上方に至る。
突起部100の開口部198より進入するときの先端である突起部100の第3の面106と第4の面108との間の角部が、前記第1の斜面部130に押し当てられ、その操作レバー60の押し下げる力によって、係合体120は、第1の斜面部130の傾斜の低い側から高い側に移動する。前記係合体120は、第1の突起通過部132の上方に至り、前記第1の状態をとる。
前記操作部材たる操作レバー60を更に押し下げると、前記突起部100が、前記第1の状態にある前記係合体120の第1のブロック126の壁面に沿い、前記第1の突起通過部132を通過し、第2のブロック128の第1の突起通過部132側の壁面の位置に至る。
そこで、操作レバー60を押し下げる力を若干弱めると、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部100は、第1の突縁部142の下面すなわち基板22の側の壁面に当接する。
操作レバー60の突起部100が、ばね部材50の復元力により第1の突縁部142の下面を押し上げると、係合体120は、第1の突縁部142の傾斜面の低い方に移動し、更に、突起係合部136の傾斜面の低い方に移動する。
係合体120は、突起部100の第1の面102が突起係合部136の下方に至り、第2の状態をとる。
前記係合体120が前記第2の状態に移動することにより、前記係合体120と前記突起部100が係合されることにより、ロック状態を形成される。
係合体120は、第2の状態において、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部100と係合されてロック状態を維持される。
Next, a description will be given of setting the operation lever 60 in the open state to the hold state and setting the lock mechanism to the lock state.
When the operation lever 60, which is the operation member, is pushed down toward the substrate 22 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 22, which is the base member, in order to bring the lock mechanism into the locked state, the protrusion 100 of the operation lever 60 is From the opening 198 in the upper part of the engagement body support part 180, the engagement body 120 is located below the opening 198, that is, above the engagement body 120 located on the substrate 22 side.
The corner between the third surface 106 and the fourth surface 108 of the protrusion 100, which is the tip when entering from the opening 198 of the protrusion 100, is pressed against the first inclined surface 130, The engaging body 120 moves from the low slope side to the high side of the first slope portion 130 by the pressing force of the operation lever 60. The engaging body 120 reaches the upper side of the first protrusion passage portion 132 and takes the first state.
When the operation lever 60, which is the operation member, is further pushed down, the projection 100 passes through the first projection passage 132 along the wall surface of the first block 126 of the engagement body 120 in the first state. Then, it reaches the position of the wall surface of the second block 128 on the first projection passage portion 132 side.
Therefore, when the force to push down the operation lever 60 is slightly weakened, the projecting portion 100 comes into contact with the lower surface of the first projecting edge portion 142, that is, the wall surface on the substrate 22 side by the restoring force of the spring member 50.
When the protrusion 100 of the operation lever 60 pushes up the lower surface of the first protrusion 142 by the restoring force of the spring member 50, the engagement body 120 moves to the lower inclined surface of the first protrusion 142. Further, the protrusion engaging portion 136 moves to the lower side of the inclined surface.
The engaging body 120 assumes a second state in which the first surface 102 of the protruding portion 100 reaches below the protruding engaging portion 136.
When the engagement body 120 moves to the second state, the engagement body 120 and the protrusion 100 are engaged to form a locked state.
In the second state, the engagement body 120 is engaged with the protrusion 100 by the restoring force of the spring member 50 and is maintained in the locked state.
ロック機構をロック解除状態にするために、前記ホールド状態にある前記操作部材たる操作レバー60を基板22側に向けて押し下げると、ロック状態にある突起部100が、前記第2の斜面部138に押し当てられ、係合体120は、第2の斜面部138の傾斜面の高い方に移動し、第2のブロック128の第2の突起通過部140側に至る。前記係合体120は、前記第3の状態をとる。
操作レバー60の押し下げる力を弱めると、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部100は、突起部100を案内する突起通過段差部150に沿って上昇する。
前記突起部100は、前記第3の状態にある前記係合体120の前記第2の突起通過部140を通過することにより、第2の突縁部144を乗り越えて、係合体支持部180の開口部198より上方に移動して、ロックを解除され、操作レバー60は、オープン状態となる。
When the operation lever 60, which is the operation member in the hold state, is pushed down toward the substrate 22 to bring the lock mechanism into the unlocked state, the protrusion 100 in the lock state is brought into contact with the second inclined surface portion 138. When pressed, the engaging body 120 moves to the higher side of the inclined surface of the second inclined surface portion 138 and reaches the second protrusion passing portion 140 side of the second block 128. The engagement body 120 takes the third state.
When the pushing down force of the operating lever 60 is weakened, the projecting portion 100 rises along the projecting passage step portion 150 that guides the projecting portion 100 by the restoring force of the spring member 50.
The protrusion 100 passes through the second protrusion passage part 140 of the engagement body 120 in the third state, and thus overcomes the second protrusion edge part 144 and opens the engagement body support part 180. Moving upward from the portion 198, the lock is released, and the operation lever 60 is in an open state.
この実施の形態においては、突起部100及び係合体120は、次のように形成されている。
(1)開口部198の下端に停止した第1の斜面部130は、手前側から向こう側に向かうに従って下がる緩やかな傾斜面を備える。
第1のブロック126は、その上部に斜面部を形成されている。第2の突縁部144は、その上部に斜面部を形成され、第1のブロック126の上面の傾斜面と連続する傾斜面を形成されている。
而して、第1のブロック126の上面及び第2の突縁部144の上部の連続する傾斜面が、第1の斜面部130を構成する。第1の斜面部130である第1のブロック126の上面の傾斜面と第2の突縁部144の上部の傾斜面とは傾斜角度は略々同一である。
係合体120は、突起部100の第3の面106と第4の面108との間の角部の近傍が第1の斜面部130に押し当てられて移動して第1の状態をとる(図26(A)乃至(C)参照)。
(2)第1の斜面部130の低い方に連設された第1の突起通過部132は、係合体本体122の向こう側において突起部100の第2の面104を第1のブロック126の向こう側に接し合わせながら、垂下させるように、垂直方向にのびる。
第1の突起通過部132は、その上方において第1の突縁部142を形成されている。
第1の突起通過部132は、第1の斜面部130からより下方に向かうに従って操作レバー60側に突き出す傾斜面を備えており、その下端に第1の突縁部142が形成されている。
係合体120は、第3の面106と第4の面108との間の角部に第1の突起通過部132が接し合って滑り、係合体120の移動により突起部100が第1の突縁部142の下面に至る。このとき、突起部100の底面112が係合体120の第1の突縁部142に当接して係合体支持部180を押すことにより、係合体支持部180は、支持部固定部186を中心に操作レバー60より離れる方向に撓む(図27(D)、(E)及び図29参照)。
係合体支持部180は、突起部100が第1の突縁部142を離れた後、係合体支持部180の復元力によって、元の状態に戻る。
(3)第1の突縁部142の下面は、手前側に向け上昇する傾斜面の突起案内部134を備えている。
第1の突起通過部132の上下方向における中央あたりから、第1の突縁部142の下面の突起案内部134に連続する突起係合部136が手前側に向けてのびる。
突起係合部136は、第1の突縁部142の下面の突起案内部134に連続した傾斜面で手前側に向かうに従って上昇する。第1の突縁部142の下面の傾斜面の突起案内部134の傾斜面と突起係合部136の傾斜面の傾斜角度は略々同一である。
突起係合部136は、手前側に突起部100の第2の面104に当接して係合体120を停止させる突起部係止部136aが下方に向けて突設されている。
係合体120は、突起部100の第2の面104が第2の斜面部138の向こう側の第2のブロック128の向こう側の壁面に接し合って案内されて、ばね部材50の付勢力により上昇し、突起部100の第1の面102の上方に突起案内部134及び突起係合部136が至る。
係合体120は、ばね部材50の付勢力により、突起部100の第1の面102に当接して向こう側に移動する。
そして、突起部100と係合体120の突起部係止部136aとが突き当たり、突起部100の第1の面102に係合体120の突起係合部136が係合して、係合体120はロック状態になる(図27(F)及び図30参照)。
(4)突起係合部136にロック状態に固定された突起部100の垂直下に、第2の斜面部138が形成されている。
第2の斜面部138は、向こう側より手前側に向けて下がる傾斜面を形成され、第2の突起通過部140に至る。
第2の斜面部138は、突起部100の第4の面108に摺接して、突起部100の位置に第2の突起通過部140が位置するように係合体120を案内する。
(5)第2の斜面部138の手前側に連設された第2の突起通過部140は、前記第1の突起通過部132と平行に垂下されており、第2の突起通過部140を形成する突起通過段差部150及び第1のブロック126の手前側の壁面に沿って、突起部100がばね部材50の付勢力により上昇するように構成されている。
突起部100は、突起部100の第5の面110が第2の突起通過部140の側の係合体本体122の第1のブロック126の面に接し合って、係合体120の上方で外側に案内される(図28(H)及び(I))。
(6)第2の突起通過部140の上方に形成された第2の突縁部144は、下方より上方に至るに従って操作レバー60側に突き出た傾斜状であり、突起部100が、係合体本体122の外側に出るときには、第2の突縁部144を乗り越えて外方に至る。このとき、突起部100の底面112が係合体120の第2の突縁部144に当接して係合体支持部180を押すことにより、係合体支持部180は、支持部固定部186を中心に操作レバー60より離れる方向に撓む(図31参照)。
係合体支持部180は、突起部100が第1の突縁部142を離れた後、係合体支持部180の復元力によって、元の状態に戻る。
突起部100は、第2の突縁部144を乗り越えて、係合体支持部180の開口部198より上方に移動して、ロックを解除され、操作レバー60は、オープン状態となる。
In this embodiment, the protrusion 100 and the engagement body 120 are formed as follows.
(1) The 1st slope part 130 stopped at the lower end of the opening part 198 is provided with the gentle inclined surface which falls as it goes to the other side from this side.
The first block 126 has a slope portion at the top. The second projecting edge portion 144 is formed with an inclined surface at an upper portion thereof, and an inclined surface continuous with the inclined surface of the upper surface of the first block 126 is formed.
Thus, the continuous inclined surface on the upper surface of the first block 126 and the upper portion of the second protruding edge portion 144 constitutes the first inclined surface portion 130. The inclined surface of the upper surface of the first block 126, which is the first inclined surface portion 130, and the inclined surface of the upper portion of the second protruding edge portion 144 have substantially the same inclination angle.
The engaging body 120 is moved to the first state by pressing the vicinity of the corner between the third surface 106 and the fourth surface 108 of the protrusion 100 against the first inclined surface 130 ( (See FIGS. 26A to 26C).
(2) The first protrusion passage portion 132 connected to the lower side of the first inclined surface portion 130 is connected to the second surface 104 of the protrusion portion 100 on the other side of the engagement body main body 122. While touching the other side, stretch vertically.
The first protrusion passage portion 132 has a first protrusion edge portion 142 formed thereon.
The first protrusion passage portion 132 includes an inclined surface that protrudes toward the operation lever 60 toward the lower side from the first inclined surface portion 130, and a first protruding edge portion 142 is formed at the lower end thereof.
The engagement body 120 slides with the first protrusion passage portion 132 coming into contact with the corner between the third surface 106 and the fourth surface 108, and the protrusion 100 moves to the first protrusion due to the movement of the engagement body 120. It reaches the lower surface of the edge 142. At this time, the bottom surface 112 of the protrusion 100 abuts on the first protrusion 142 of the engagement body 120 and pushes the engagement body support portion 180, so that the engagement body support portion 180 is centered on the support portion fixing portion 186. It bends away from the operation lever 60 (see FIGS. 27D, 27E and 29).
The engaging body support portion 180 returns to the original state by the restoring force of the engaging body support portion 180 after the protrusion 100 leaves the first protruding edge portion 142.
(3) The lower surface of the first projecting edge portion 142 includes an inclined projection guide portion 134 that rises toward the front side.
From around the center in the vertical direction of the first projection passage portion 132, a projection engaging portion 136 that continues to the projection guide portion 134 on the lower surface of the first projection edge portion 142 extends toward the front side.
The protrusion engaging portion 136 rises toward the front side on an inclined surface continuous with the protrusion guide portion 134 on the lower surface of the first protrusion edge portion 142. The inclination angle of the protrusion guide portion 134 on the inclined surface of the lower surface of the first protrusion 142 and the inclination angle of the protrusion engagement portion 136 are substantially the same.
The protrusion engaging portion 136 is provided with a protrusion engaging portion 136a that protrudes downward from the front side to contact the second surface 104 of the protrusion 100 and stop the engaging body 120.
The engagement body 120 is guided by the second surface 104 of the protrusion 100 being in contact with the wall surface of the second block 128 beyond the second inclined surface 138, and is biased by the urging force of the spring member 50. The protrusion guide part 134 and the protrusion engaging part 136 reach above the first surface 102 of the protrusion 100.
The engaging body 120 abuts on the first surface 102 of the protrusion 100 and moves to the other side by the biasing force of the spring member 50.
Then, the protruding portion 100 and the protruding portion locking portion 136a of the engaging body 120 come into contact with each other, the protruding engaging portion 136 of the engaging body 120 is engaged with the first surface 102 of the protruding portion 100, and the engaging body 120 is locked. It will be in a state (refer to Drawing 27 (F) and Drawing 30).
(4) A second slope 138 is formed vertically below the protrusion 100 that is fixed to the protrusion engaging portion 136 in a locked state.
The second inclined surface portion 138 is formed with an inclined surface that descends from the far side toward the near side, and reaches the second protrusion passing portion 140.
The second inclined surface portion 138 is in sliding contact with the fourth surface 108 of the protruding portion 100 and guides the engaging body 120 so that the second protruding portion 140 is positioned at the position of the protruding portion 100.
(5) The second protrusion passage portion 140 connected to the front side of the second inclined surface portion 138 is suspended in parallel with the first protrusion passage portion 132, and the second protrusion passage portion 140 is The protrusion 100 is configured to rise by the biasing force of the spring member 50 along the protrusion passing step 150 to be formed and the wall surface on the near side of the first block 126.
The protrusion 100 is formed so that the fifth surface 110 of the protrusion 100 is in contact with the surface of the first block 126 of the engagement body main body 122 on the second protrusion passage portion 140 side, and is outward above the engagement body 120. Guided (FIGS. 28 (H) and (I)).
(6) The second projecting edge portion 144 formed above the second projection passage portion 140 has an inclined shape projecting toward the operation lever 60 as it goes from the lower side to the upper side. When it goes outside the main body 122, it gets over the second protrusion 144 and goes outward. At this time, the bottom surface 112 of the protrusion 100 abuts against the second protrusion 144 of the engagement body 120 and pushes the engagement body support portion 180, so that the engagement body support portion 180 is centered on the support portion fixing portion 186. It bends away from the operation lever 60 (see FIG. 31).
The engaging body support portion 180 returns to the original state by the restoring force of the engaging body support portion 180 after the protrusion 100 leaves the first protruding edge portion 142.
The projecting part 100 gets over the second projecting edge part 144 and moves upward from the opening part 198 of the engaging body supporting part 180 to be unlocked, and the operation lever 60 is opened.
前記第1の突起通過部132に形成された第1の突縁部142は、前記第1の突起通過部132を通過する際の前記突起部100に対して突き出ており、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、突起部100が前記第1の突起通過部132を通過する際に、前記突起部100が前記第1の突縁部142に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部180が揺動し(たわみ)、前記突起部100が前記第1の突縁部142を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部180が復元する。
その後、前記突起部100は、前記突起部100がばね部材50の付勢力により上昇するときに、第1の突縁部142の下部の突起案内部134に押し当てられることになるため、第1の突縁部142によって前記第1の突起通過部132を逆戻りすることができない。
The first protrusion edge 142 formed in the first protrusion passage portion 132 protrudes with respect to the protrusion portion 100 when passing through the first protrusion passage portion 132, and from the unlocked state. When the projecting portion 100 passes through the first projecting passage portion 132 when moving to the locked state, the projecting portion 100 is pressed against the first projecting edge portion 142 to support the engaging body. When the portion 180 swings (bends) and the projection 100 passes through the first projecting edge portion 142, the engagement body support portion 180 is restored.
Thereafter, the protrusion 100 is pressed against the protrusion guide part 134 below the first protrusion 142 when the protrusion 100 is lifted by the biasing force of the spring member 50. The first protrusion passage portion 132 cannot be reversed by the protrusion 142.
前記第2の突起通過部140に形成された第2の突縁部144は、前記第2の突起通過部140を通過する際の前記突起部100に対して突き出ており、前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するときに、突起部100が前記第2の突起通過部140を通過する際に、前記突起部100が前記第2の突縁部144に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部180が揺動し(たわみ)、前記突起部100が前記第2の突縁部144を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部180が復元する。
その後、前記突起部100は、前記係合体120が第3の状態にあったとしても、前記操作レバー60を押し下げたときに、第2の突縁部144の上部の第1の斜面部130に押し当てられることになるため、第2の突縁部144によって前記第2の突起通過部140を逆戻りすることができない。
The second protrusion 144 formed on the second protrusion passage portion 140 protrudes from the protrusion 100 when passing through the second protrusion passage portion 140, and the second protrusion edge portion 144 protrudes from the locked state. When the projecting portion 100 passes through the second projecting passage portion 140 when moving to the unlocked state, the projecting portion 100 is pressed against the second projecting edge portion 144 to support the engaging body. When the portion 180 swings (bends) and the projection 100 passes through the second protruding edge portion 144, the engagement body support portion 180 is restored.
Thereafter, even if the engaging body 120 is in the third state, the protrusion 100 is formed on the first slope portion 130 above the second protrusion 144 when the operation lever 60 is pushed down. Since the second projection edge portion 144 is pressed against the second projection edge portion 144, the second projection passage portion 140 cannot be reversed.
また、操作レバー60の長手方向の他端側(手前側)は、幅広の操作部60cが形成され、指で操作しやすくなっている。
Further, a wide operation portion 60c is formed on the other end side (near side) in the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60 so that it can be easily operated with a finger.
前記操作レバー60は、軸受板24に固定する部位である支持部固定部186たる第1垂直側壁60aを備えており、軸受板24は、前記操作レバー60の第1垂直側壁60aと接して操作レバー60を固定する部位である操作部材固定部たる枢軸固定用貫通孔26を形成されている。
なお、軸58の支持部固定部186たる枢軸固定用貫通孔26の周辺は、操作レバー60側に向けて半円環状に打ち出し膨出されたスペーサーが形成されてもよい。そのようにすれば、スペーサーの突出分だけ軸受板24の内面と操作レバー60の第1垂直側壁60aの外面との間に間隔があき、操作レバー60のロックを解除して、綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とに開閉するために回動させるとき、ばね部材50の不要な力が操作レバー60にかかることなく操作レバー60が軸受板24に擦れることがない。
この実施の形態においては、スペーサーが軸受板24に形成されていないが、スペーサーは、操作レバー60側に形成してもよく、また軸受板24と操作レバー60の両方に形成してもよい。例えば、操作レバー60の第1垂直側壁60aの周辺を、軸受板24側に向けて円環状に膨出されたスペーサーを形成するようにしてもよい。
The operation lever 60 includes a first vertical side wall 60 a that is a support portion fixing portion 186 that is a portion fixed to the bearing plate 24, and the bearing plate 24 is operated in contact with the first vertical side wall 60 a of the operation lever 60. A pivot fixing through hole 26 is formed as an operation member fixing portion which is a portion for fixing the lever 60.
In addition, a spacer that protrudes in a semicircular shape toward the operation lever 60 and bulges out may be formed around the pivot fixing through hole 26 that is the support fixing portion 186 of the shaft 58. By doing so, there is a space between the inner surface of the bearing plate 24 and the outer surface of the first vertical side wall 60a of the operation lever 60 by the amount of protrusion of the spacer, the lock of the operation lever 60 is released, and the binding member 70 is released. When the object X is rotated to open and close between a hold state in which the object X is pressed and an open state in which the object X is separated from the object, the operation lever 60 is not applied to the operation lever 60 and the operation lever 60 is moved to the bearing plate 24. There is no rubbing.
In this embodiment, the spacer is not formed on the bearing plate 24, but the spacer may be formed on the operation lever 60 side or on both the bearing plate 24 and the operation lever 60. For example, a spacer bulging in an annular shape toward the bearing plate 24 may be formed around the first vertical side wall 60a of the operation lever 60.
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、軸受板24とは反対側の端縁が、綴じる書類などの被綴じ物Xの端縁を揃えるための軸受板24の面と平行な面を有する、用箋揃え部48を形成している。
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、軸受板24とは反対側の端縁が、用箋揃え部48の軸受板24とは反対側の表面と同一平面(想像上)上に揃うように形成されている。
したがって、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の端縁がガイドとなって、用箋揃え部48に綴じる書類などの被綴じ物Xの端縁を当接させて綴じることができる。
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 have a surface opposite to the bearing plate 24 and a surface of the bearing plate 24 for aligning the edge of the object to be bound X such as a document to be bound. A note aligning portion 48 having parallel surfaces is formed.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 have an edge opposite to the bearing plate 24 that is flush with the surface of the note aligning portion 48 opposite to the bearing plate 24 (imaginary). It is formed to align with the top.
Therefore, the end edges of the first binding member support part 30 and the second binding member support part 34 serve as guides, and the end edges of the objects to be bound X such as documents to be bound to the note aligning part 48 can be brought into contact with each other for binding. it can.
この発明は、前記実施の形態に限らず、種々変更することができる。
前記綴じ部材70の基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構は、図33において示すように、綴じ部材70に保持穴32及び保持穴36を形成され、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に係合部90を構成する支持凸部92を形成されてもよい。
The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment and can be variously modified.
As shown in FIG. 33, the binding member support mechanism for rotatably attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22 is formed with the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 in the binding member 70, and the first binding member support portion 30. Further, the second binding member support portion 34 may be formed with a support convex portion 92 that constitutes the engaging portion 90.
前記綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と、該押圧部72に連設された架け渡し部74と、該架け渡し部74の押圧部72とは反対側に形成された立ち上がり部76とを有している。
立ち上がり部76には、保持穴32及び保持穴36が形成される。
前後一対の保持穴32と保持穴36とは、基板22の長手方向にのびる正面視長方形であって、基板22の上面から均等な高さに形成されている。
The binding member 70 includes a pressing portion 72 that presses the object to be bound X, a bridging portion 74 that is connected to the pressing portion 72, and a rising portion that is formed on the opposite side of the pressing portion 72 of the bridging portion 74. Part 76.
A holding hole 32 and a holding hole 36 are formed in the rising portion 76.
The pair of front and rear holding holes 32 and 36 are rectangular in front view extending in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22, and are formed at an equal height from the upper surface of the substrate 22.
基板22は、操作レバー60の向こう側より手前側において、綴じ部材70を支持するために、第1綴じ部材支持部30と、第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面に平行な面を有する別の第2綴じ部材支持部34が形成される。
これらの第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34とは、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って並列された板状体である。そして、その第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面と第2綴じ部材支持部34の主面とを結ぶ線が、軸受板24の基板22側の主面に平行となるように配置され、複数の綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)の面が、綴じ部材70の側を向いて綴じ部材70の長手方向に広がる平面に平行に並列されている。
The substrate 22 has a first binding member support portion 30 and a surface parallel to the main surface of the first binding member support portion 30 in order to support the binding member 70 on the front side of the operation lever 60 from the far side. The second binding member support portion 34 is formed.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are plate-like bodies arranged in parallel along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70. And the line which connects the main surface of the 1st binding member support part 30 and the main surface of the 2nd binding member support part 34 is arrange | positioned so that it may become parallel to the main surface by the side of the board | substrate 22 of the bearing plate 24, and several The surfaces of the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) are parallel to a plane extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 toward the binding member 70 side. .
前記綴じ部材70を基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に押圧部72側に向けて突き出し設けられている係合部90と、前記保持穴32及び保持穴36とにより構成される。
前記係合部90は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72とは反対側で、長手方向において間隔をあけて少なくとも二つ形成されている。
前記係合部90は、前記綴じ部材70の保持穴32及び綴じ部材70の保持穴36に係合され且つ綴じ部材70を揺動させるように支持凸部92を形成されている。
The binding member support mechanism for rotatably attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22 is provided on the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 so as to protrude toward the pressing portion 72 side. The joint portion 90 is constituted by the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36.
At least two engaging portions 90 are formed on the opposite side to the pressing portion 72 that presses the object to be bound X, with a gap in the longitudinal direction.
The engaging portion 90 is engaged with the holding hole 32 of the binding member 70 and the holding hole 36 of the binding member 70, and is formed with a support convex portion 92 so as to swing the binding member 70.
前記支持凸部92は、押圧部72とは反対側の綴じ部材70の端縁たる立ち上がり部76に向けて第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34から突き出し設けられた断面略L字型又は断面略クランプ型である。支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に垂直に交わる板状の支持基部94と、支持基部94と垂直に交わる板状の立設部97とを備える。
The support convex portion 92 protrudes from the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 toward the rising portion 76 that is the end edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the pressing portion 72. It is L-shaped or cross-section substantially clamped. The support convex portion 92 includes a plate-like support base portion 94 that intersects the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 perpendicularly, and a plate-like standing portion 97 that intersects the support base portion 94 perpendicularly. .
そして、支持凸部92は、綴じ部材70の被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と向き合う端縁側の領域の下部において、支持基部94が保持穴32及び保持穴36の上部に係合され、綴じ部材70を揺動できるように保持される。
支持凸部92は、保持穴32及び保持穴36の上部に係合された領域(支持基部94)よりのびた先端側たる立設部97が、保持穴32及び保持穴36から綴じ部材70を揺動するときに抜け出ないように、保持穴32及び保持穴36の上部から上方に立ち上がっている。
The support convex portion 92 is engaged with the upper portion of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 in the lower portion of the edge-side region facing the pressing portion 72 that presses the binding object X of the binding member 70, and is bound. The member 70 is held so as to be able to swing.
The support protrusion 92 is configured such that a standing portion 97 extending from the region engaged with the upper portions of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 (support base 94) swings the binding member 70 from the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36. It rises upward from the upper part of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 so as not to come out when moving.
前記支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34から台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材70の配置側に向けて突設された状態において、綴じ部材70の保持穴32及び保持穴36の穴内に、その先端より差し込むことができるように、綴じ部材70の立ち上がり部76と向き合う第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34から間隔をあけて立ち上がり部76の側に向けて突き出し設けられている。
The support convex portion 92 holds the binding member 70 in a state where the support convex portion 92 protrudes from the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 toward the arrangement side of the binding member 70 on the substrate 22 that is a base member. The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 that are opposed to the rising portion 76 of the binding member 70 so as to be inserted into the holes 32 and the holding hole 36 from the tip thereof. Projecting toward the side of the portion 76 is provided.
この実施の形態においては、前記支持凸部92は、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34との間隔に対応した間隔をおいて、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って前後1対の支持凸部92が並列されている。支持凸部92は、手前側の第1の支持凸部92aと向こう側の第2の支持凸部92bとが同一の形状の板状体である。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、いずれも、綴じ部材70の端縁より押圧部72に向けて屈曲されて支持基部94を形成され、且つ、支持基部94より上方に向けて屈曲されて立設部97を形成されている。
第1の支持凸部92aは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第1の支持基部94aと、第1の支持基部94aと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第1の立設部97aとを備える。
第2の支持凸部92bは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第2の支持基部94bと、第2の支持基部94bと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第2の立設部97bとを備える。
そして、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)が突設された状態において、保持穴32に第1の支持凸部92aを及び保持穴36に第2の支持凸部92bをそれぞれの穴内に、それぞれの立設部97の先端より差し込むことができるように形成されている。
In this embodiment, the support convex portion 92 is spaced along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 with an interval corresponding to the interval between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. A pair of front and rear support protrusions 92 are juxtaposed. The support convex portion 92 is a plate-like body in which the first support convex portion 92a on the near side and the second support convex portion 92b on the far side are the same shape.
The first support convex portion 92 a and the second support convex portion 92 b are both bent from the edge of the binding member 70 toward the pressing portion 72 to form a support base 94, and from the support base 94. A standing portion 97 is formed by bending upward.
The first support convex portion 92 a includes a plate-like first support base portion 94 a that intersects with the rising portion 76 perpendicularly, and a plate-like first standup member that intersects with the first support base portion 94 a perpendicularly and parallel to the rising portion 76. And an installation portion 97a.
The second support protrusion 92 b includes a plate-like second support base 94 b that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly and a plate-like second stand that intersects the second support base 94 b perpendicularly and parallel to the rising portion 76. And an installation portion 97b.
The first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed by protruding the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) on the base plate 22 as the base member. In this state, the first support convex portion 92a can be inserted into the holding hole 32 and the second support convex portion 92b can be inserted into the respective holes from the tips of the standing portions 97. Is formed.
突起部100と係合体120とを係合するロック機構は、操作レバー60に、支持部を構成する係合体支持部180を設け、突起部100を操作レバー60の近傍に設けるように変えてもよい。
係合体120は、上下の向きを反対にして、操作レバー60の下方に突起部100の通過する開口部198を設けるとよい。
The locking mechanism for engaging the protrusion 100 and the engagement body 120 may be changed such that the operation lever 60 is provided with the engagement body support portion 180 constituting the support portion and the protrusion 100 is provided in the vicinity of the operation lever 60. Good.
The engagement body 120 may be provided with an opening 198 through which the projection 100 passes below the operation lever 60 with the vertical direction reversed.
(第1の回転式ロック機構)
この発明の別の実施形態として、係合体が係合体支持部に対して回転可能に取り付けられた綴じ具のロック機構について説明する。
操作レバー360の第1垂直側壁360aには、ホールド状態にある操作レバー360を基板22に固定するためすなわちロックするための突起部300が設けられている。
そして、操作レバー360の綴じ部材70側には、ロックするために突起部300と係合される、係合体320と、前記係合体320が取り付けられた係合体支持部380を備える。
前記ロック状態は、前記係合体320と前記突起部300が係合されることにより形成される。
(First rotary lock mechanism)
As another embodiment of the present invention, a lock mechanism for a binding tool in which an engagement body is rotatably attached to an engagement body support portion will be described.
The first vertical side wall 360a of the operation lever 360 is provided with a protrusion 300 for fixing the operation lever 360 in the hold state to the substrate 22, that is, for locking.
On the binding member 70 side of the operation lever 360, an engagement body 320 that is engaged with the protrusion 300 for locking, and an engagement body support portion 380 to which the engagement body 320 is attached are provided.
The locked state is formed by engaging the engagement body 320 and the protrusion 300.
前記係合体320は、支持部を構成する前記係合体支持部380に対して回転可能に取り付けられ、前記被綴じ物Xを押圧するロック状態は、前記係合体320が前記係合体支持部380に対して所定の位置及び向きで、前記係合体320と前記突起部300が係合されることにより形成される。
前記係合体320を取り付けられた前記係合体支持部380は、操作レバー360の突起部300及び係合体320が前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するとき、および、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、基板22の主面と平行な面上を、操作レバー360の突起部300側に向けて接近したり、離隔したりするように揺動する構造となっている。
前記係合体320は、前記係合体支持部380に対して回転可能に取り付けられ、前記係合体320は、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、前記係合体320に前記突起部300が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部380に対して回転可能である。
The engagement body 320 is rotatably attached to the engagement body support portion 380 constituting the support portion, and the engagement body 320 is in contact with the engagement body support portion 380 in a locked state in which the binding object X is pressed. In contrast, the engagement body 320 and the protrusion 300 are engaged with each other at a predetermined position and orientation.
The engagement body support portion 380 to which the engagement body 320 is attached is disposed when the protrusion 300 of the operation lever 360 and the engagement body 320 move from the locked state to the unlocked state and from the unlocked state to the locked state. When moving to the state, it is configured to swing so that the surface parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 approaches or separates toward the protruding portion 300 side of the operation lever 360.
The engagement body 320 is rotatably attached to the engagement body support portion 380. When the engagement body 320 moves from the unlocked state to the locked state, the protrusion 300 is provided on the engagement body 320. Can be rotated with respect to the engagement body support portion 380 within a range where they always come into contact with each other.
係合体支持部380は、操作部材たる操作レバー360の長手方向に沿う長手方向を有する係合体支持本体382と、該係合体支持本体382に形成された係合体収容部384とを備える。
係合体支持本体382は、その長手方向における一端に形成された、係合体支持部380の固定部386と、係合体支持部380の固定部386とは離れた他端に形成された、自由端部388とを有している。
係合体支持部380は、固定された係合体支持部380の固定部386を中心に撓み、操作部材たる操作レバー360の突起部300に近づいたり離れたりするように、復元力のある弾力性を有する合成樹脂によって構成されている。
The engagement body support portion 380 includes an engagement body support body 382 having a longitudinal direction along the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 360 that is an operation member, and an engagement body housing portion 384 formed on the engagement body support body 382.
The engagement body support main body 382 has a free end formed at one end in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support portion 380 and the other end away from the fixation portion 386 of the engagement body support portion 380. Part 388.
The engaging body support portion 380 bends around the fixed portion 386 of the fixed engaging body support portion 380 and has elasticity with a restoring force so that the engaging body support portion 380 approaches and separates from the projection portion 300 of the operation lever 360 as an operation member. It is comprised by the synthetic resin which has.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部380は、係合体支持本体382の一方の端部の固定部386の底面に形成された固定部386の固定突起部386aを基板22の上面に形成された固定凹部46aに差し込み、固定される。
係合体支持部380の自由端部388は、基板22の上面に形成された保持凸部46bに摺動自在に嵌挿され、係合体支持本体382が撓むように構成されている。
In this embodiment, the engaging body support portion 380 is formed on the upper surface of the substrate 22 with a fixing protrusion 386a of the fixing portion 386 formed on the bottom surface of the fixing portion 386 at one end of the engaging body support main body 382. It is inserted and fixed in the fixed recess 46a.
The free end portion 388 of the engagement body support portion 380 is slidably fitted into a holding convex portion 46b formed on the upper surface of the substrate 22 so that the engagement body support body 382 is bent.
係合体支持部380は、係合体320に前記突起部300が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部380に対して回転可能にするために、前記係合体支持本体382に係合体枢支部390を形成されている。
係合体枢支部390は、係合体支持本体382の上部に形成された第1の係合体枢支部390aと、係合体支持本体382の下部に形成された第2の係合体枢支部390bとを備える。
更に、係合体支持部380は、平面視して係合体枢支部390を係合体320が回転する方向において、係合体320の回転軸する範囲を限定するための係合体回転規制部392を備える。
係合体回転規制部392は、係合体収容部384の手前側において係合体収容部384に向いて形成された第1の係合体回転規制部392aと、係合体収容部384の向こう側において係合体収容部384に向いて形成された第2の係合体回転規制部392bとを備える。
The engagement body support portion 380 is connected to the engagement body support body 382 so as to be rotatable with respect to the engagement body support portion 380 within a range where the protrusion 300 is always in contact with the engagement body 320. 390 is formed.
The engagement body pivot 390 includes a first engagement body pivot 390a formed on the upper part of the engagement body support body 382 and a second engagement body pivot 390b formed on the lower part of the engagement body support body 382. .
Furthermore, the engagement body support portion 380 includes an engagement body rotation restricting portion 392 for limiting the range in which the engagement body 320 rotates in the direction in which the engagement body 320 rotates the engagement body pivot support portion 390 in plan view.
The engaging body rotation restricting portion 392 includes a first engaging body rotation restricting portion 392a formed toward the engaging body accommodating portion 384 on the front side of the engaging body accommodating portion 384, and an engaging body on the other side of the engaging body accommodating portion 384. A second engaging body rotation restricting portion 392b formed toward the housing portion 384.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部380は、係合体を収容するための係合体収容部384を穿設されている。
係合体支持本体382は、その上部(すなわち基板22とは反対側の壁面)に突起部300を通過させるための開口部398を有し、開口部398は係合体収容部384に連通している。
ロックするために操作レバー360を垂下させるとき、操作レバー360の突起部300が該開口部398を通過して、係合体収容部384の係合体320の上方に至る。
ロック状態を解除するために、操作レバー360を上昇させるとき、操作レバー360の突起部300が該開口部398を通過して、係合体支持部380の上方に至る。
In this embodiment, the engagement body support portion 380 is provided with an engagement body accommodation portion 384 for accommodating the engagement body.
The engaging body support main body 382 has an opening 398 for allowing the protrusion 300 to pass through the upper portion thereof (that is, the wall surface opposite to the substrate 22), and the opening 398 communicates with the engaging body accommodating portion 384. .
When the operation lever 360 is suspended to lock, the projection 300 of the operation lever 360 passes through the opening 398 and reaches the upper side of the engagement body 320 of the engagement body accommodating portion 384.
When the operating lever 360 is raised to release the locked state, the projection 300 of the operating lever 360 passes through the opening 398 and reaches the upper side of the engaging body support 380.
係合体320は、係合体支持部380の係合体収容部384に摺接される係合体本体322と、係合体本体322に形成された突起部300に従動するための従動案内部324とを備え、従動案内部324に配設された突起部300の移動によって、係合体支持部380の係合体収容部384に沿ってロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するように構成されている。
The engagement body 320 includes an engagement body main body 322 that is slidably contacted with the engagement body accommodating portion 384 of the engagement body support portion 380, and a driven guide portion 324 that is driven by the protrusion 300 formed on the engagement body main body 322. The protrusion 300 provided in the driven guide portion 324 is configured to move from the locked state to the unlocked state along the engaging body accommodating portion 384 of the engaging body support portion 380.
前記係合体320の従動案内部324は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部300が押し当てられる第1の斜面部330と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部300が通過する第1の突起通過部332と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記突起部300を案内する突起案内部334と、ロック状態にするときに前記突起部300を係合する突起係合部336と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記突起部300が押し当てられる第2の斜面部338と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記突起部300が通過する第2の突起通過部340とを備える。
第1の斜面部330の斜面と第2の斜面部338の斜面とは、係合体320の回転方向において、互いに逆方向に傾斜している。
The follower guide portion 324 of the engagement body 320 includes a first slope portion 330 against which the protrusion 300 is pressed when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and the moving guide portion 324 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state. The first protrusion passage part 332 through which the protrusion part 300 passes, the protrusion guide part 334 that guides the protrusion part 300 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and the protrusion part 300 when it is in the locked state. A protrusion engaging portion 336 to be engaged, a second inclined surface portion 338 against which the protrusion 300 is pressed when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state, and the protrusion when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state. And a second protrusion passage part 340 through which the part 300 passes.
The inclined surface of the first inclined surface portion 330 and the inclined surface of the second inclined surface portion 338 are inclined in directions opposite to each other in the rotation direction of the engaging body 320.
第1の斜面部330は、係合体本体322の上方に形成された第1のブロック326の上面すなわち開口部398側、および、第2の突縁部344の上部に形成されている。
第1の突起通過部332は、第1のブロック326の側部すなわち向こう側の壁面に沿って形成される。
前記第1の突起通過部332には、第1の突縁部342が、前記第1の突起通過部332を通過する前記突起部300に対して突き出て形成されている。
前記第2の突起通過部340には、第2の突縁部344が、前記第2の突起通過部340を通過する前記突起部300に対して突き出て形成されている。
The first inclined surface portion 330 is formed on the upper surface of the first block 326 formed above the engaging body main body 322, that is, on the opening 398 side, and on the upper portion of the second projecting edge portion 344.
The first protrusion passage portion 332 is formed along the side of the first block 326, that is, along the wall surface on the far side.
The first protrusion passage part 332 is formed with a first protrusion edge 342 protruding from the protrusion part 300 that passes through the first protrusion passage part 332.
A second protrusion edge 344 is formed in the second protrusion passage part 340 so as to protrude with respect to the protrusion part 300 passing through the second protrusion passage part 340.
第1の突起通過部332は、第1の斜面部330の低い位置において第1の斜面部330に連設され、第1の突起通過部332の第1の斜面部330と連設された部位とは離れた位置において突起案内部334が連設され、突起案内部334に続いて突起係合部336が連設されている。
突起係合部336は、第1のブロック326の基板側の下部、すなわち第1のブロックの下部の壁面の下方に形成される。
The first projection passage portion 332 is connected to the first slope portion 330 at a low position of the first slope portion 330, and is a portion that is connected to the first slope portion 330 of the first projection passage portion 332. A projection guide portion 334 is continuously provided at a position away from the projection guide portion, and a projection engagement portion 336 is continuously provided following the projection guide portion 334.
The protrusion engaging portion 336 is formed below the substrate side of the first block 326, that is, below the wall surface of the lower portion of the first block.
突起係合部336と向き合って第2の斜面部338が形成され、第2の突起通過部340が第2の斜面部338の低い位置において第2の斜面部338に連設されている。
第2の斜面部338は、係合体本体322の下方に形成された第2のブロック328の上部すなわち開口部398側に形成されている。
突起係合部336と第2の斜面部338の手前側と第2の突起通過部340との間には、突起係合部336と第2の斜面部338の間の領域より凹んだ、突起通過段差部350が形成されている。
第2の突起通過部340は、突起係合部336と第2の斜面部338の間の領域より凹んだ、突起通過段差部350の手前側の領域に形成され、且つ、第1のブロック326の手前側の壁面に沿って形成されている。
A second inclined surface portion 338 is formed to face the protrusion engaging portion 336, and the second protrusion passing portion 340 is connected to the second inclined surface portion 338 at a position lower than the second inclined surface portion 338.
The second slope 338 is formed on the upper portion of the second block 328 formed below the engaging body main body 322, that is, on the opening 398 side.
A protrusion that is recessed between the protrusion engaging portion 336 and the front side of the second inclined surface portion 338 and the second protrusion passing portion 340 in a region between the protrusion engaging portion 336 and the second inclined surface portion 338. A passing step 350 is formed.
The second projection passage portion 340 is formed in a region on the near side of the projection passage step portion 350 that is recessed from the region between the projection engagement portion 336 and the second inclined surface portion 338, and the first block 326. It is formed along the wall surface on the near side.
係合体320は、係合体支持部380の係合体枢支部390に取り付けられる係合体軸部370(第1係合体軸部370a,第2係合体軸部370b)を備える。
この実施の形態においては、係合体320は、第1係合体軸部370aが係合体支持部380の係合体支持本体382の上部に形成された第1の係合体枢支部390aに回転自在に取り付けられ、第2係合体軸部370bが、係合体支持本体382の下部に形成された第2の係合体枢支部390bに回転自在に取り付けられて、係合体収容部384内を、係合体支持本体382を平面視して係合体軸部370を中心に回転するように構成されている。
係合体320は、操作レバー360側に向いた面側において、従動案内部324を係合体本体322に穿設されて、従動案内部324に挿入された突起部300を移動できるように構成されている。断面略扇形の柱状体の円周面に従動案内部424が形成されている。
The engagement body 320 includes engagement body shaft portions 370 (a first engagement body shaft portion 370a and a second engagement body shaft portion 370b) that are attached to the engagement body pivot support portion 390 of the engagement body support portion 380.
In this embodiment, the engagement body 320 is rotatably attached to a first engagement body pivot 390a in which the first engagement body shaft portion 370a is formed on the upper portion of the engagement body support body 382 of the engagement body support portion 380. The second engaging body shaft portion 370b is rotatably attached to a second engaging body pivot portion 390b formed at the lower portion of the engaging body support body 382, and the inside of the engaging body housing portion 384 is engaged with the engaging body support body. 382 is configured to rotate about the engaging body shaft portion 370 in plan view.
The engagement body 320 is configured such that a driven guide portion 324 is drilled in the engagement body main body 322 on the surface side facing the operation lever 360, and the protrusion 300 inserted into the follower guide portion 324 can be moved. Yes. A follower guide portion 424 is formed on the circumferential surface of the columnar body having a substantially sectoral cross section.
係合体320は、係合体支持部380及び係合体320を低背化させて綴じ具全体を低背化させるために、係合体軸部370の周りに凹設された係合体溝部372(第1係合体溝部372a,第2係合体溝部372b)を有する。また、係合体320は、係合体溝部372よりも係合体320の回転軸から外に向かう方向に、係合体溝部372と連設された係合体従動部424を有する。
係合体320の第1係合体溝部372aと係合体支持部380の第1の係合体枢支部390aとは、摺接するように構成され、係合体320の第2係合体溝部372bと係合体支持部380の第2の係合体枢支部390bとは、摺接するように構成される。
The engagement body 320 has an engagement body groove portion 372 (first shape) recessed around the engagement body shaft portion 370 in order to reduce the height of the engagement body support portion 380 and the engagement body 320 to reduce the overall height of the binding tool. It has an engaging body groove part 372a and a second engaging body groove part 372b). In addition, the engagement body 320 has an engagement body follower 424 connected to the engagement body groove 372 in a direction outward from the rotation axis of the engagement body 320 rather than the engagement body groove 372.
The first engagement body groove portion 372a of the engagement body 320 and the first engagement body pivot portion 390a of the engagement body support portion 380 are configured to be in sliding contact with each other, and the second engagement body groove portion 372b of the engagement body 320 and the engagement body support portion. The second engagement body pivot 390b of 380 is configured to be in sliding contact.
前記係合体320は、前記第1の突起通過部332が前記突起部300の軌道上に位置する第1の状態と、前記突起部300と前記係合体320が係合され、前記綴じ部材70がロック状態にある第2の状態と、前記第2の突起通過部340が前記突起部300の軌道上に位置する第3の状態とをとることができる(図38参照)。
The engaging body 320 has a first state in which the first protrusion passing portion 332 is positioned on the track of the protruding portion 300, the protruding portion 300 and the engaging body 320 are engaged, and the binding member 70 is A second state in a locked state and a third state in which the second protrusion passing portion 340 is located on the track of the protrusion 300 can be taken (see FIG. 38).
突起部300は、上部に形成された傾斜面を有する第1の面302と、前記第1の面302の低い方の部分に角部を介して連続する第2の面304と、前記第1の面302に連続しない第2の面304の部分に角部を介して連続する第3の面306と、前記第2の面304に連続しない第3の面306の部分に角部を介して連続する第4の面308と、前記第3の面306に連続しない第4の面308の部分に角部を介して連続する第5の面310とを備える。
突起部300は、前記面が側面を構成する断面略多角形の角柱体に形成され、該角柱体の底面312と該角柱体の側面とを備える。
前記第1の面302,第2の面304,第3の面306,第4の面308及び第5の面310は、角柱体の側面に形成される。
第1の面302は、操作レバー360の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜面であり、第2の面304は、操作レバー360を水平にした状態において垂直平面であり、第3の面306は、操作レバー360の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜平面であり、第4の面308は、操作レバー360の向こう側に行くに従って高くなる傾斜平面であり、第5の面310は、操作レバー360を水平にした状態において垂直平面である、略々五角柱状体である。
第1の面302は、横断面波型である。 底面312は、係合体支持部380の係合体収容部384の垂直壁面と向き合い、摺接するための垂直平面である。
突起部300は、前記角柱体の底面が係合体320の操作部材たる操作レバー360に向き合う面と向き合い、且つ、前記角柱体の側面が係合体320の従動案内部324に摺接するように形成されている。
The protrusion 300 includes a first surface 302 having an inclined surface formed at an upper portion thereof, a second surface 304 continuous with a lower portion of the first surface 302 through a corner portion, and the first surface 302. A third surface 306 that continues to the portion of the second surface 304 that does not continue to the surface 302 via a corner, and a portion of the third surface 306 that does not continue to the second surface 304 via a corner. A fourth surface 308 that is continuous, and a fifth surface 310 that is continuous with a portion of the fourth surface 308 that is not continuous with the third surface 306 via a corner.
The protrusion 300 is formed in a prismatic body having a substantially polygonal cross section in which the surface forms a side surface, and includes a bottom surface 312 of the prismatic body and a side surface of the prismatic body.
The first surface 302, the second surface 304, the third surface 306, the fourth surface 308, and the fifth surface 310 are formed on the side surfaces of the prismatic body.
The first surface 302 is an inclined surface that becomes lower as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 360, the second surface 304 is a vertical plane when the operation lever 360 is horizontal, and the third surface 306 is The fourth surface 308 is an inclined plane that becomes lower as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 360, the fourth surface 308 is an inclined plane that becomes higher as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 360, and the fifth surface 310 is an operation lever 360. It is a substantially pentagonal columnar body that is a vertical plane in a state where is horizontal.
The first surface 302 has a cross-sectional corrugated shape. The bottom surface 312 is a vertical plane for facing and slidingly contacting the vertical wall surface of the engagement body accommodating portion 384 of the engagement body support portion 380.
The protrusion 300 is formed such that the bottom surface of the prismatic body faces a surface facing the operation lever 360 that is an operation member of the engagement body 320, and the side surface of the prismatic body is in sliding contact with the driven guide portion 324 of the engagement body 320. ing.
次に、オープン状態にある操作レバー360をホールド状態にして、ロック機構をロック状態にすることについて説明する。
ロック機構をロック状態にするために、前記操作部材たる操作レバー360を、台部材たる基板22の主面に略々直交する方向に基板22に向けて押し下げると、操作レバー360の突起部300は、係合体支持部380の上部の開口部398より、開口部398の下方すなわち基板22側に位置する係合体320の上方に至る。
突起部300の開口部398より進入するときの先端である突起部300の第3の面306と第4の面308との間の角部が、前記第1の斜面部330に押し当てられ、その操作レバー360の押し下げる力によって、係合体320は、第1の斜面部330の傾斜の高い側から低い側に移動する。前記係合体320は、第1の突起通過部332の上方に至り、前記第1の状態をとる。
前記操作部材たる操作レバー360を更に押し下げると、前記突起部300が、前記第1の状態にある前記係合体320の第1のブロック326の壁面に沿い、前記第1の突起通過部332を通過し、第2のブロック328の第1の突起通過部332側の壁面の位置に至る。
そこで、操作レバー360を押し下げる力を若干弱めると、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部300は、第1の突縁部342の下面すなわち基板22の側の壁面に当接する。
操作レバー360の突起部300が、ばね部材50の復元力により第1の突縁部342の下面を押し上げると、係合体320は、第1の突縁部342の傾斜面の低い方に移動し、更に、突起係合部336の傾斜面の低い方に移動する。
係合体320は、突起部300の第1の面302が突起係合部336の下方に至り、第2の状態をとる。
前記係合体320が前記第2の状態に移動することにより、前記係合体320と前記突起部300が係合されることにより、ロック状態を形成される。
係合体320は、第2の状態において、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部300と係合されてロック状態を維持される。
Next, description will be given of setting the operation lever 360 in the open state to the hold state and setting the lock mechanism to the lock state.
When the operation lever 360 as the operation member is pushed down toward the substrate 22 in a direction substantially orthogonal to the main surface of the substrate 22 as the base member in order to bring the lock mechanism into the locked state, the protrusion 300 of the operation lever 360 is From the opening 398 at the upper part of the engagement body support 380, the engagement body 320 is located below the opening 398, that is, above the engagement body 320 located on the substrate 22 side.
The corner between the third surface 306 and the fourth surface 308 of the projection 300, which is the tip when entering from the opening 398 of the projection 300, is pressed against the first inclined surface 330, The engaging body 320 moves from the high slope side of the first slope portion 330 to the low side by the force of the operation lever 360 being pushed down. The engagement body 320 reaches above the first protrusion passage portion 332 and takes the first state.
When the operation lever 360 as the operation member is further pushed down, the projection 300 passes through the first projection passage 332 along the wall surface of the first block 326 of the engagement body 320 in the first state. Then, it reaches the position of the wall surface of the second block 328 on the first protrusion passage portion 332 side.
Accordingly, when the force for pushing down the operation lever 360 is slightly weakened, the protrusion 300 comes into contact with the lower surface of the first protruding edge 342, that is, the wall surface on the substrate 22 side by the restoring force of the spring member 50.
When the protrusion 300 of the operation lever 360 pushes up the lower surface of the first protrusion 342 by the restoring force of the spring member 50, the engagement body 320 moves to the lower inclined surface of the first protrusion 342. Further, the protrusion engaging portion 336 moves to the lower side of the inclined surface.
The engaging body 320 takes a second state in which the first surface 302 of the protruding portion 300 reaches below the protruding engaging portion 336.
When the engagement body 320 moves to the second state, the engagement body 320 and the protrusion 300 are engaged to form a locked state.
In the second state, the engagement body 320 is engaged with the protrusion 300 by the restoring force of the spring member 50 and is maintained in the locked state.
ロック機構をロック解除状態にするために、前記ホールド状態にある前記操作部材たる操作レバー360を基板22側に向けて押し下げると、ロック状態にある突起部300が、前記第2の斜面部338に押し当てられ、係合体320は、第2の斜面部338の傾斜面の低い方に移動し、第2のブロック328の第2の突起通過部340側に至る。前記係合体320は、前記第3の状態をとる。
操作レバー360の押し下げる力を弱めると、ばね部材50の復元力により、突起部300は、突起部300を案内する突起通過段差部350に沿って上昇する。
前記突起部300は、前記第3の状態にある前記係合体320の前記第2の突起通過部340を通過することにより、第2の突縁部344を乗り越えて、係合体支持部380の開口部398より上方に移動して、ロックを解除され、操作レバー360は、オープン状態となる。
When the operation lever 360, which is the operation member in the hold state, is pushed down toward the substrate 22 in order to bring the lock mechanism into the unlocked state, the protrusion 300 in the lock state is brought into contact with the second inclined surface portion 338. When pressed, the engaging body 320 moves to the lower side of the inclined surface of the second inclined surface portion 338 and reaches the second protrusion passing portion 340 side of the second block 328. The engagement body 320 takes the third state.
When the pressing force of the operation lever 360 is weakened, the protrusion 300 rises along the protrusion passage step 350 that guides the protrusion 300 due to the restoring force of the spring member 50.
The protrusion 300 passes through the second protrusion passage part 340 of the engagement body 320 in the third state, so as to get over the second protrusion edge part 344 and to open the engagement body support part 380. Moving upward from the portion 398, the lock is released, and the operation lever 360 is opened.
この実施の形態においては、突起部300及び係合体320は、次のように形成されている。
(1)開口部398の下端に係止した第1の斜面部330は、手前側から向こう側に向かうに従って下がる緩やかな傾斜面を備える。第2の突縁部344は、その上部に斜面部を形成され、第1のブロック326の上面の傾斜面と連続する傾斜面を形成して、第1のブロック326の上面及び第2の突縁部344の上部の連続する傾斜面が、第1の斜面部330を構成する。第1の斜面部330である第1のブロック326の上面の傾斜面と第2の突縁部344の上部の傾斜面とは傾斜角度は略々同一である。係合体320は、突起部300の第3の面306と第4の面308との間の角部の近傍が第1の斜面部330に押し当てられて移動して第1の状態をとる(図34A乃至C参照)。
(2)第1の斜面部330の低い方に連設された第1の突起通過部332は、係合体本体322の向こう側において突起部300の第2の面304を第1のブロック326の向こう側に接し合わせながら、垂下させるように、垂直方向にのびる。
第1の突起通過部332は、その上方において第1の突縁部342を形成されている。
第1の突起通過部332は、第1の斜面部330からより下方に向かうに従って操作レバー360側に突き出す傾斜面を備えており、その下端に第1の突縁部342が形成されている。
係合体320は、第3の面306と第4の面308との間の角部に第1の突起通過部332が接し合って滑り、係合体320の移動により突起部300が第1の突縁部342の下面に至る。このとき、突起部300の底面312が係合体320の第1の突縁部342に当接して係合体支持部380を押すことにより、係合体支持部380は、支持部固定部386を中心に操作レバー360より離れる方向に撓む(図34D参照)。
(3)第1の突縁部342の下面は、手前側に向け上昇する傾斜面の突起案内部334を備えている。
第1の突起通過部332の上下方向における中央あたりから、第1の突縁部342の下面の突起案内部334に連続する突起係合部336が手前側に向けてのびる。
突起係合部336は、第1の突縁部342の下面の突起案内部334に連続した傾斜面で手前側に向かうに従って上昇する。第1の突縁部342の下面の傾斜面の突起案内部334の傾斜面と突起係合部336の傾斜面の傾斜角度は略々同一である。
突起係合部336は、手前側に突起部300の第2の面304に当接して係合体320を停止させる突起部係止部336aが下方に向けて突設されている。
係合体320は、突起部300の第2の面304が第2の斜面部338の向こう側の第2のブロック328の向こう側の壁面に接し合って案内されて、ばね部材50の付勢力により上昇し、突起部300の第1の面302の上方に突起案内部334及び突起係合部336が至る(図34F参照)。
係合体320は、ばね部材50の付勢力により、突起部300の第1の面302に当接して向こう側に移動する。
そして、突起部300と係合体320の突起部係止部336aとが突き当たり、突起部300の第1の面302に係合体320の突起係合部336が係合して、係合体320はロック状態になる(図34G参照)。
(4)突起係合部336にロック状態に固定された突起部300の垂直下に、第2の斜面部338が形成されている。
第2の斜面部338は、向こう側より手前側に向けて下がる傾斜面を形成され、第2の突起通過部340に至る。
第2の斜面部338は、突起部300の第4の面308に摺接して、突起部300の位置に第2の突起通過部340が位置するように係合体320を案内する。
(5)第2の斜面部338の手前側に連設された第2の突起通過部340は、前記第1の突起通過部332と平行に垂下されており、第2の突起通過部340を形成する突起通過段差部350及び第1のブロック326の手前側の壁面に沿って、突起部300がばね部材50の付勢力により上昇するように構成されている。
突起部300は、突起部300の第5の面310が第2の突起通過部340の側の係合体本体322の第1のブロック326の面に接し合って、係合体320の上方で外側に案内される(図34I及びJ)。
(6)第2の突起通過部340の上方に形成された第2の突縁部344は、下方より上方に至るに従って操作レバー360側に突き出た傾斜状であり、突起部300が、係合体本体322の外側に出るときには、第2の突縁部344を乗り越えて外方に至る。このとき、突起部300の底面312が係合体320の第2の突縁部344に当接して係合体支持部380を押すことにより、係合体支持部380は、支持部固定部386を中心に操作レバー360より離れる方向に撓む(図34K参照)。
突起部300は、第2の突縁部344を乗り越えて、係合体支持部380の開口部398より上方に移動して、ロックを解除され、操作レバー360は、オープン状態となる。
In this embodiment, the protrusion 300 and the engagement body 320 are formed as follows.
(1) The 1st slope part 330 latched to the lower end of the opening part 398 is provided with the gentle inclined surface which falls as it goes to the other side from this side. The second projecting edge portion 344 is formed with an inclined surface at an upper portion thereof, and forms an inclined surface continuous with the inclined surface of the upper surface of the first block 326, so that the upper surface of the first block 326 and the second protruding portion are formed. The continuous inclined surface at the upper part of the edge portion 344 constitutes the first inclined surface portion 330. The inclined surface of the upper surface of the first block 326 that is the first inclined surface portion 330 and the inclined surface of the upper portion of the second projecting edge portion 344 have substantially the same inclination angle. The engaging body 320 takes the first state by moving the vicinity of the corner between the third surface 306 and the fourth surface 308 of the projection 300 against the first inclined surface 330 (see FIG. 34A to C).
(2) The first projection passage portion 332 connected to the lower side of the first inclined surface portion 330 has the second surface 304 of the projection portion 300 on the other side of the engaging body main body 322 and the first block 326. While touching the other side, stretch vertically.
The first protrusion passage portion 332 is formed with a first protrusion edge portion 342 above the first protrusion passage portion 332.
The first protrusion passage portion 332 includes an inclined surface protruding toward the operation lever 360 as it goes downward from the first inclined surface portion 330, and a first protruding edge portion 342 is formed at the lower end thereof.
The engaging body 320 slides with the first protrusion passage portion 332 coming into contact with the corner between the third surface 306 and the fourth surface 308, and the protrusion 300 is moved by the movement of the engaging body 320. It reaches the lower surface of the edge 342. At this time, the bottom surface 312 of the protrusion 300 abuts on the first protrusion 342 of the engagement body 320 and pushes the engagement body support portion 380, so that the engagement body support portion 380 is centered on the support portion fixing portion 386. It bends away from the operating lever 360 (see FIG. 34D).
(3) The lower surface of the first projecting edge portion 342 includes an inclined projection guide portion 334 that rises toward the front side.
From around the center of the first projection passage portion 332 in the up-down direction, a projection engagement portion 336 that continues to the projection guide portion 334 on the lower surface of the first projection edge portion 342 extends toward the front side.
The protrusion engaging portion 336 rises toward the front side on an inclined surface continuous with the protrusion guide portion 334 on the lower surface of the first protrusion edge portion 342. The inclination angle of the protrusion guide portion 334 on the inclined surface of the lower surface of the first protruding edge portion 342 and the inclination angle of the inclined surface of the protrusion engaging portion 336 are substantially the same.
The protrusion engaging portion 336 is provided with a protrusion engaging portion 336a that protrudes downward from the front side so as to contact the second surface 304 of the protrusion 300 and stop the engaging body 320.
The engagement body 320 is guided by the second surface 304 of the protrusion 300 being in contact with the wall surface of the second block 328 beyond the second slope 338, and is biased by the urging force of the spring member 50. Ascending, the protrusion guide part 334 and the protrusion engaging part 336 reach the first surface 302 of the protrusion part 300 (see FIG. 34F).
The engagement body 320 abuts on the first surface 302 of the protrusion 300 and moves to the other side by the urging force of the spring member 50.
Then, the protruding portion 300 and the protruding portion locking portion 336a of the engaging body 320 come into contact with each other, the protruding engaging portion 336 of the engaging body 320 is engaged with the first surface 302 of the protruding portion 300, and the engaging body 320 is locked. A state is reached (see FIG. 34G).
(4) A second inclined surface portion 338 is formed below the protrusion 300 fixed to the protrusion engaging portion 336 in a locked state.
The second inclined surface portion 338 is formed with an inclined surface that descends from the far side toward the near side, and reaches the second protrusion passage portion 340.
The second slope 338 is in sliding contact with the fourth surface 308 of the protrusion 300 and guides the engaging body 320 so that the second protrusion passage 340 is positioned at the position of the protrusion 300.
(5) The second projection passage portion 340 connected to the front side of the second slope portion 338 is suspended in parallel with the first projection passage portion 332, and the second projection passage portion 340 is connected to the second projection passage portion 340. The protrusion 300 is configured to rise by the urging force of the spring member 50 along the protrusion passing step 350 to be formed and the wall surface on the near side of the first block 326.
The protrusion 300 is formed so that the fifth surface 310 of the protrusion 300 is in contact with the surface of the first block 326 of the engaging body main body 322 on the second protrusion passing portion 340 side, and the protrusion 300 is outside above the engaging body 320. Guided (FIGS. 34I and J).
(6) The second protrusion edge 344 formed above the second protrusion passage 340 is inclined so as to protrude toward the operation lever 360 as it goes from below to above, and the protrusion 300 is an engaging body. When it goes outside the main body 322, it goes over the second protrusion 344 and goes outward. At this time, when the bottom surface 312 of the protrusion 300 abuts against the second protrusion 344 of the engagement body 320 and pushes the engagement body support portion 380, the engagement body support portion 380 is centered on the support portion fixing portion 386. It bends away from the operation lever 360 (see FIG. 34K).
The protruding part 300 gets over the second protruding edge part 344 and moves upward from the opening part 398 of the engagement body supporting part 380 to be unlocked, and the operation lever 360 is opened.
前記第1の突起通過部332に形成された第1の突縁部342は、前記第1の突起通過部332を通過する際の前記突起部300に対して突き出ており、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、突起部300が前記第1の突起通過部332を通過する際に、前記突起部300が前記第1の突縁部342に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部380が揺動し(たわみ)、前記突起部300が前記第1の突縁部342を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部380が復元する。
その後、前記突起部300は、前記突起部300がばね部材50の付勢力により上昇するときに、第1の突縁部342の下部の突起案内部334に押し当てられることになるため、第1の突縁部342によって前記第1の突起通過部332を逆戻りすることができない。
The first protrusion edge 342 formed on the first protrusion passage portion 332 protrudes with respect to the protrusion portion 300 when passing through the first protrusion passage portion 332, and from the unlocked state. When moving to the locked state, when the protrusion 300 passes through the first protrusion passage part 332, the protrusion 300 is pressed against the first protrusion edge part 342 to support the engaging body. When the portion 380 swings (bends) and the protrusion 300 passes through the first protruding edge 342, the engagement body support portion 380 is restored.
Thereafter, the protrusion 300 is pressed against the protrusion guide portion 334 below the first protrusion 342 when the protrusion 300 is lifted by the biasing force of the spring member 50. The first protrusion passage portion 332 cannot be reversed by the protruding edge portion 342.
前記第2の突起通過部340に形成された第2の突縁部344は、前記第2の突起通過部340を通過する際の前記突起部300に対して突き出ており、前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するときに、突起部300が前記第2の突起通過部340を通過する際に、前記突起部300が前記第2の突縁部344に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部380が揺動し(たわみ)、前記突起部300が前記第2の突縁部344を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部380が復元する。
その後、前記突起部300は、前記係合体320が第3の状態にあったとしても、前記操作レバー360を押し下げたときに、第2の突縁部344の上部の第1の斜面部330に押し当てられることになるため、第2の突縁部344によって前記第2の突起通過部340を逆戻りすることができない。
A second protruding edge 344 formed in the second protrusion passage 340 protrudes from the protrusion 300 when passing through the second protrusion passage 340, and the second protrusion edge 344 protrudes from the locked state. When the projecting portion 300 passes through the second projecting passage portion 340 when moving to the unlocked state, the projecting portion 300 is pressed against the second projecting edge portion 344 to support the engaging body. When the portion 380 swings (bends) and the protrusion 300 passes through the second projecting edge 344, the engagement body support portion 380 is restored.
Thereafter, even when the engaging body 320 is in the third state, the protrusion 300 is formed on the first inclined surface portion 330 above the second protruding edge portion 344 when the operation lever 360 is pushed down. Since the second projection edge portion 344 is pressed against the second projection passage portion 340, the second projection passage portion 340 cannot be reversed.
(第2の回転式ロック機構)
さらに別の実施形態として、複数の突起部を備えた綴じ具であって、係合体420と係合される第1突起部400と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに係合体420を回転させる第2突起部401と備えた綴じ具のロック機構について説明する。
(Second rotary lock mechanism)
In still another embodiment, the binding tool includes a plurality of protrusions, and includes a first protrusion 400 that is engaged with the engagement body 420, and the engagement body 420 that is moved when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state. The binding mechanism of the binding tool provided with the second protrusion 401 to be rotated will be described.
操作レバー460の第1垂直側壁460aには、図40に示すように、ホールド状態にある操作レバー460を基板22に固定するためすなわちロックするための第1突起部400と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するための第2突起部401が設けられている。
第1突起部400と第2突起部401は、操作レバー460を押し下げてロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに、同一軌道上にあるように設けられている。前記第1突起部400は、操作レバー460を押し下げた側すなわち下端側に、前記第2突起部401は、操作レバー460の押し下げた側とは反対側すなわち上端側に設けられている。
そして、操作レバー460の綴じ部材70側には、ロックするために第1突起部400と係合される、係合体420と、前記係合体420が取り付けられた係合体支持部480を備える。
前記ロック状態は、前記係合体420と前記第1突起部400が係合されることにより形成される。
On the first vertical side wall 460a of the operation lever 460, as shown in FIG. 40, the operation lever 460 in the hold state is fixed to the substrate 22, that is, the first protrusion 400 for locking, and unlocked from the locked state. A second protrusion 401 for moving to a state is provided.
The first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 are provided so as to be on the same track when the operation lever 460 is pushed down to move from the unlocked state to the locked state. The first protrusion 400 is provided on the side where the operation lever 460 is pressed down, that is, the lower end side, and the second protrusion 401 is provided on the side opposite to the side where the operation lever 460 is pressed, ie, the upper end side.
On the binding member 70 side of the operation lever 460, an engagement body 420 that is engaged with the first protrusion 400 to be locked and an engagement body support portion 480 to which the engagement body 420 is attached are provided.
The locked state is formed by engaging the engagement body 420 and the first protrusion 400.
前記係合体420は、支持部を構成する前記係合体支持部480に対して回動可能に取り付けられ、前記被綴じ物Xを押圧するロック状態は、前記係合体420が前記係合体支持部480に対して所定の位置及び向きで、前記係合体420と前記第1突起部400が係合されることにより形成される。
前記係合体420を取り付けられた前記係合体支持部480は、操作レバー460の第1突起部400及び第2突起部401並びに係合体420が、前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するときおよび前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、基板22の主面と平行な面上を、操作レバー460の突起部400側に向けて接近したり、離隔したりするように揺動する構造となっている。
前記係合体420は、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、前記係合体420に前記第1突起部400が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部480に対して回転可能である。
The engagement body 420 is rotatably attached to the engagement body support portion 480 that constitutes a support portion. When the engagement body 420 is in a locked state in which the binding object X is pressed, the engagement body 420 is in the engagement body support portion 480. The engagement body 420 and the first protrusion 400 are engaged with each other at a predetermined position and orientation.
The engagement body support portion 480 to which the engagement body 420 is attached is provided when the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 of the operation lever 460 and the engagement body 420 move from the locked state to the unlocked state. When moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, the surface of the base plate 22 swings so as to approach or separate from the protrusion 400 side of the operation lever 460 on a surface parallel to the main surface. It has a structure.
When the engagement body 420 moves from the unlocked state to the locked state, the engagement body 420 can rotate with respect to the engagement body support portion 480 within a range in which the first protrusion 400 is always in contact with the engagement body 420. It is.
支持部たる係合体支持部480は、操作部材たる操作レバー460の長手方向に沿う長手方向を有する係合体支持本体482と、該係合体支持本体482に形成された係合体収容部484とを備える。
係合体支持本体482は、その長手方向における一端に形成された、係合体支持部480の固定部486と、係合体支持部480の固定部486とは離れた他端に形成された、自由端部488とを有している。
係合体支持部480は、固定された係合体支持部480の固定部486を中心に撓み、操作部材たる操作レバー460の突起部400に近づいたり離れたりするように、復元力のある弾力性を有する合成樹脂によって構成されている。
The engagement body support portion 480 as a support portion includes an engagement body support body 482 having a longitudinal direction along the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 460 as an operation member, and an engagement body accommodation portion 484 formed on the engagement body support body 482. .
The engagement body support main body 482 has a free end formed at one end in the longitudinal direction of the engagement body support portion 480 and the other end away from the fixation portion 486 of the engagement body support portion 480. Part 488.
The engagement body support portion 480 bends around the fixed portion 486 of the fixed engagement body support portion 480 and has elasticity with a restoring force so that the engagement body support portion 480 approaches or separates from the protrusion 400 of the operation lever 460 as an operation member. It is comprised by the synthetic resin which has.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部480は、係合体支持本体482の一方の端部の固定部486の底面に形成された固定部486の固定突起部486aを基板22の上面に形成された固定凹部46aに差し込み、固定される。
係合体支持部480の自由端部488は、基板22の上面に形成された保持凸部46bに摺動自在に嵌挿され、係合体支持本体482が撓むように構成されている。
In this embodiment, the engagement body support portion 480 is formed on the upper surface of the substrate 22 with a fixing protrusion 486a of the fixing portion 486 formed on the bottom surface of the fixing portion 486 at one end of the engagement body support body 482. It is inserted and fixed in the fixed recess 46a.
The free end portion 488 of the engagement body support portion 480 is slidably fitted into a holding convex portion 46b formed on the upper surface of the substrate 22 so that the engagement body support body 482 is bent.
係合体支持部480は、係合体420に前記第1突起部400が必ず接触する範囲内で、前記係合体支持部480に対して回動可能にするために、前記係合体支持本体482に係合体枢支部490を形成されている。
係合体枢支部490は、係合体支持本体482の上部に形成された第1の係合体枢支部490aと、係合体支持本体482の下部に形成された第2の係合体枢支部490bとを備える。
更に、係合体支持部480は、平面視して係合体枢支部490を係合体420が回転する方向において、係合体420の回転する範囲を限定するための係合体回転規制部492を備える。
係合体回転規制部492は、係合体収容部484の手前側において係合体収容部484に向いて形成された第1の係合体回転規制部492aと、係合体収容部484の向こう側において係合体収容部484に向いて形成された第2の係合体回転規制部492bとを備える。
The engagement body support portion 480 is engaged with the engagement body support body 482 so that the engagement body support portion 480 can rotate with respect to the engagement body 420 within a range where the first protrusion 400 is surely in contact with the engagement body 420. A combined pivot 490 is formed.
The engagement body pivot 490 includes a first engagement body pivot 490 a formed on the upper part of the engagement body support body 482 and a second engagement body pivot 490 b formed on the lower part of the engagement body support body 482. .
Furthermore, the engagement body support portion 480 includes an engagement body rotation restricting portion 492 for limiting the range of rotation of the engagement body 420 in the direction in which the engagement body 420 rotates the engagement body pivot support portion 490 when seen in a plan view.
The engaging body rotation restricting portion 492 includes a first engaging body rotation restricting portion 492a formed toward the engaging body containing portion 484 on the front side of the engaging body containing portion 484, and an engaging body on the other side of the engaging body containing portion 484. A second engagement body rotation restricting portion 492b formed facing the housing portion 484.
この実施の形態においては、係合体支持部480は、係合体を収容するための係合体収容部484を穿設されている。
係合体支持本体482は、その上部(すなわち基板22とは反対側の壁面)に第1突起部400及び第2突起部401を通過させるための開口部498を有し、開口部498は係合体収容部484に連通している。
ロックするために操作レバー460を垂下させるとき、操作レバー460の第1突起部400が該開口部498を通過して、係合体収容部484の係合体420の上方に至る。
ロック状態を解除するために、操作レバー460が上昇するとき、操作レバー460の第1突起部400及び第2突起部401が該開口部498を通過して、係合体支持部480の上方に至る。
In this embodiment, the engagement body support portion 480 is provided with an engagement body accommodation portion 484 for accommodating the engagement body.
The engaging body support main body 482 has an opening 498 for allowing the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 to pass through the upper part (that is, the wall surface opposite to the substrate 22), and the opening 498 is an engaging body. It communicates with the accommodating portion 484.
When the operation lever 460 is suspended for locking, the first protrusion 400 of the operation lever 460 passes through the opening 498 and reaches above the engagement body 420 of the engagement body accommodating portion 484.
When the operation lever 460 is raised to release the locked state, the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 of the operation lever 460 pass through the opening 498 and reach the upper part of the engagement body support 480. .
係合体420は、係合体支持部480の係合体収容部484に摺接される係合体本体422と、係合体本体422に形成された第1突起部400及び第2突起部401に従動するための従動案内部424とを備え、従動案内部424に配設された第1突起部400及び第2突起部401の移動によって、係合体支持部480の係合体収容部484においてロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するように構成されている。
The engagement body 420 is driven by the engagement body main body 422 that is slidably contacted with the engagement body housing portion 484 of the engagement body support portion 480, and the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 formed on the engagement body main body 422. Of the engagement body accommodating portion 484 of the engagement body support portion 480 by the movement of the first projection portion 400 and the second projection portion 401 disposed in the driven guide portion 424. Configured to move to a state.
前記係合体420の従動案内部424は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記第1突起部400が押し当てられる第1の斜面部430と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記第1突起部400が通過する第1の突起通過部432と、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに前記第1突起部400を案内する突起案内部434と、ロック状態にするときに前記第1突起部400を係合する突起係合部436と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記第2突起部401が押し当てられる第2の斜面部438と、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに前記第1突起部400が通過する第2の突起通過部440とを備える。
第1の斜面部430の斜面と第2の斜面部438の斜面とは、係合体420の回転方向において、互いに逆方向に傾斜している。
The driven guide portion 424 of the engagement body 420 has a first inclined surface portion 430 against which the first protrusion 400 is pressed when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state. A first projection passage portion 432 through which the first projection portion 400 passes, a projection guide portion 434 that guides the first projection portion 400 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, and a locked state. A protrusion engaging portion 436 for engaging the first protrusion 400, a second inclined surface portion 438 against which the second protrusion 401 is pressed when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state, and from the locked state And a second protrusion passage portion 440 through which the first protrusion portion 400 passes when moving to the unlocked state.
The inclined surface of the first inclined surface portion 430 and the inclined surface of the second inclined surface portion 438 are inclined in directions opposite to each other in the rotation direction of the engaging body 420.
係合体420は、係合体支持部480の係合体枢支部490に取り付けられる係合体軸部470(第1係合体軸部470a,第2係合体軸部470b)を備える。
第1係合体軸部470aは、係合体支持本体482の上部に形成された第1の係合体枢支部490aに回転可能に取り付けられ、第2係合体軸部470bは、係合体支持本体482の下部に形成された第2の係合体枢支部490bに回転可能に取り付けられる。
The engagement body 420 includes an engagement body shaft portion 470 (a first engagement body shaft portion 470a and a second engagement body shaft portion 470b) attached to the engagement body pivot support portion 490 of the engagement body support portion 480.
The first engagement body shaft portion 470a is rotatably attached to a first engagement body pivot portion 490a formed on the upper portion of the engagement body support body 482, and the second engagement body shaft portion 470b is attached to the engagement body support body 482. It is rotatably attached to a second engaging body pivot 490b formed in the lower part.
前記係合体420は、前記第1の突起通過部432が前記第1突起部400の軌道上に位置する第1の状態と、前記第1突起部400と前記係合体420が係合され、前記綴じ部材70がロック状態にある第2の状態と、前記第2の突起通過部440が前記第1突起部400の軌道上に位置する第3の状態とをとることができる。
The engagement body 420 is engaged with the first protrusion 400 and the engagement body 420 in a first state where the first protrusion passage portion 432 is positioned on the track of the first protrusion 400, and A second state in which the binding member 70 is in a locked state and a third state in which the second protrusion passing portion 440 is positioned on the track of the first protrusion 400 can be taken.
係合体420は、前記係合体支持部480に対して回転可能であり、係合体420が第1の突起通過部432が第1突起部400の軌道上に位置する第1の状態をとらないときには、必ず第1突起部400の軌道上に第1の斜面部430があるような範囲で、前記係合体支持部480に対して回転可能である。
When the engagement body 420 is rotatable with respect to the engagement body support portion 480 and the engagement body 420 does not take the first state in which the first projection passage portion 432 is positioned on the track of the first projection portion 400. The first support member 480 is rotatable with respect to the engaging body support 480 as long as the first inclined surface 430 is on the track of the first protrusion 400.
係合体420は、上部に第1の斜面部430を有する第1のブロック426と、上部に第2の斜面部438を有する第2のブロック428と、第1突起通過部を有する第1の通過体427と、第2突起通過部を有する第2の通過体429とを備える。
第1のブロック426は、第2のブロック428の下側に設けられており、第1のブロック426、第2のブロック428、第1の通過体427及び第2の通過体429は、係合体軸部470の回転軸から外側に向けての方向に突き出た形で設けられている。
第1のブロック426及び第2のブロック428は、係合体420において、第1突起部400及び第2突起部401の軌道線上、すなわち、係合体420を平面視してその回転軸から略々同じ角度の範囲に設けられている。
また、第1の突起部400の開口部498から係合体収容部484への進入方向において、第1のブロック426は進入側すなわち下側に、第2のブロックは後尾側すなわち上側に係合体420に設けられている。
第1の通過体427は、第1の斜面部の斜面の低い方の第1のブロックの側部に連設されている。
第2の通過体429は、第1の斜面部の斜面の高い方の第1のブロックの側部に連設されている。
第1の通過体427は、第1の突起部400の開口部498から係合体収容部484への進入方向において、進入側に行くに従って係合体420の回転軸から突き出るように滑らかな斜面を有し、その末端にその回転軸から最も突き出た第1の突縁部344を有する。
第2の通過体429は、第1の突起部400の開口部498から係合体収容部484への進入方向において、後尾側に行くに従って係合体420の回転軸から突き出るように滑らかな斜面を有し、その末端にその回転軸から最も突き出た第2の突縁部444を有する。
第1のブロック及び第1の通過体427は、その上面に連続した傾斜面である第1の斜面部を有する。
The engaging body 420 includes a first block 426 having a first inclined surface portion 430 at an upper portion, a second block 428 having a second inclined surface portion 438 at an upper portion, and a first passage having a first protrusion passing portion. A body 427 and a second passage body 429 having a second protrusion passage portion.
The first block 426 is provided below the second block 428, and the first block 426, the second block 428, the first passage body 427, and the second passage body 429 are engaging bodies. The shaft portion 470 is provided so as to protrude outward from the rotation shaft.
The first block 426 and the second block 428 are substantially the same on the orbit lines of the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 in the engaging body 420, that is, substantially the same from the rotation axis of the engaging body 420 in plan view. It is provided in the range of angles.
Further, in the approach direction from the opening 498 of the first protrusion 400 to the engagement body accommodating portion 484, the first block 426 is on the entry side, that is, the lower side, and the second block is on the rear side, that is, the upper side. Is provided.
The first passing body 427 is connected to the side portion of the first block having the lower slope of the first slope portion.
The second passage body 429 is connected to the side portion of the first block having the higher slope of the first slope portion.
The first passage body 427 has a smooth slope so as to protrude from the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 as it goes to the entry side in the entry direction from the opening 498 of the first protrusion 400 to the engagement body accommodating portion 484. In addition, a first protruding edge portion 344 that protrudes most from the rotation shaft is provided at the end thereof.
The second passing body 429 has a smooth slope so as to protrude from the rotating shaft of the engaging body 420 toward the rear side in the approaching direction from the opening 498 of the first protrusion 400 to the engaging body accommodating portion 484. In addition, a second protruding edge portion 444 that protrudes most from the rotation shaft is provided at the end thereof.
The 1st block and the 1st passage 427 have the 1st slope part which is the inclined surface which followed the upper surface.
この実施の形態においては、係合体420は、第1係合体軸部470aが係合体支持部480の係合体支持本体482の上部に形成された第1の係合体枢支部490aに回転自在に取り付けられ、第2係合体軸部470bが、係合体支持本体482の下部に形成された第2の係合体枢支部490bに回転自在に取り付けられて、係合体収容部484内を、係合体支持本体482を平面視して係合体軸部470を中心に、係合体回転規制部492により回転可能な範囲内で回転するように構成されている。
係合体420は、操作レバー460側に向いた面側において、従動案内部424を係合体本体422に穿設されて、従動案内部424に挿入された前記第1突起部400を移動できるように構成されている。断面略扇形の柱状体の円周面に従動案内部424が形成されている。
In this embodiment, the engagement body 420 is rotatably attached to a first engagement body pivot 490a having a first engagement body shaft portion 470a formed on the upper portion of the engagement body support body 482 of the engagement body support portion 480. The second engaging body shaft portion 470b is rotatably attached to a second engaging body pivot portion 490b formed at the lower portion of the engaging body support body 482, and the inside of the engaging body housing portion 484 is engaged with the engaging body support body. When viewed in plan, 482 is configured to rotate around the engaging body shaft portion 470 within a range that can be rotated by the engaging body rotation restricting portion 492.
The engaging body 420 has a driven guide portion 424 formed in the engaging body main body 422 on the surface side facing the operation lever 460 so that the first protrusion 400 inserted into the driven guide portion 424 can move. It is configured. A follower guide portion 424 is formed on the circumferential surface of the columnar body having a substantially sectoral cross section.
この実施形態においては、係合体420及び係合体支持部480は、台部材たる基板22に、第1突起部400と第2突起部401は、操作レバー460に設けられている。第1突起部400は、第1突起部400及び第2突起部401が開口部498に進入するときの進入方向における進入側、すなわち、操作レバー460の下端側に、第2突起部401は、第1突起部400及び第2突起部401が開口部498に進入するときの進入方向における後尾側に操作レバー460の上端側に設けられている。
変形例として、係合体420及び係合体支持部480は、操作レバー460に、第1突起部400と第2突起部401は、台部材たる基板22に設けられていてもよい。
In this embodiment, the engagement body 420 and the engagement body support portion 480 are provided on the base plate 22 serving as a base member, and the first projection portion 400 and the second projection portion 401 are provided on the operation lever 460. The first protrusion 400 is on the entry side in the approach direction when the first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 enter the opening 498, that is, on the lower end side of the operation lever 460. The first protrusion 400 and the second protrusion 401 are provided on the upper end side of the operation lever 460 on the rear side in the approach direction when entering the opening 498.
As a modified example, the engagement body 420 and the engagement body support portion 480 may be provided on the operation lever 460, and the first projection portion 400 and the second projection portion 401 may be provided on the substrate 22 that is a base member.
前記第1突起部400は、上部に形成された傾斜面を有する第1の面404と、前記第1の面404の低い方の部分に角部を介して連続する第2の面405と、前記第1の面404に連続しない第2の面405の部分に角部を介して連続する第3の面406と、前記第2の面405に連続しない第3の面406の部分に角部を介して連続する第4の面407とを備える。
前記第1突起部400は、前記面が側面を構成する断面略多角形の角柱体に形成され、前記角柱体の底面408と該角柱体の側面とを備える。
前記第1の面404、第2の面405、第3の面406及び第4の面407は、角柱体の側面に形成される。
第1の面404は、操作レバー460の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜面であり、第2の面405は、操作レバー460を水平にした状態において係合体420の回転軸に向かって傾斜した傾斜面であり、第3の面406は、操作レバー460の向こう側に行くに従って低くなる傾斜面であり、第4の面407は、操作レバー460を水平にした状態において係合体420の回転軸に向かって傾斜した傾斜面である、略々四角柱状体である。
第1突起部400は、前記角柱体の底面408が係合体420の操作部材たる操作レバー460に向き合う面と向き合い、且つ、前記角柱体の側面が係合体420の従動案内部424に摺接するように形成されている。
The first protrusion 400 includes a first surface 404 having an inclined surface formed at an upper portion thereof, a second surface 405 continuous with a lower portion of the first surface 404 via a corner portion, A third surface 406 that continues to a portion of the second surface 405 that is not continuous with the first surface 404 via a corner portion, and a corner portion that is a portion of the third surface 406 that does not continue to the second surface 405 And a fourth surface 407 continuous through the.
The first protrusion 400 is formed in a prismatic body having a substantially polygonal cross section in which the surface forms a side surface, and includes a bottom surface 408 of the prismatic body and a side surface of the prismatic body.
The first surface 404, the second surface 405, the third surface 406, and the fourth surface 407 are formed on the side surfaces of the prismatic body.
The first surface 404 is an inclined surface that becomes lower as it goes beyond the operation lever 460, and the second surface 405 is inclined toward the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 in a state where the operation lever 460 is horizontal. The third surface 406 is an inclined surface that becomes lower as it goes to the other side of the operation lever 460, and the fourth surface 407 is the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 when the operation lever 460 is leveled. It is a substantially quadrangular columnar body that is an inclined surface inclined toward the surface.
The first protrusion 400 is configured such that the bottom surface 408 of the prismatic body faces a surface facing the operation lever 460 that is an operation member of the engagement body 420, and the side surface of the prismatic body slides on the driven guide portion 424 of the engagement body 420. Is formed.
第2突起部401は、下部に形成された第5の面412と、第5の面412の低い方の部分に角部を介して連続する第6の面413と、第5の面412に連続しない第6の面413の部分に角部を介して連続する第7の面414と、第6の面413に連続しない第7の面414の部分に角部を介して連続する第8の面415とを備える。
前記第2突起部401は、前記面が側面を構成する断面略多角形の角柱体に形成され、前記角柱体の底面416と該角柱体の側面とを備える。
前記第5の面412、第6の面413、第7の面414及び第8の面415は、角柱体の側面に形成される。
第5の面412は、操作レバー460の向こう側に行くに従って高くなる傾斜面であり、第6の面413は、操作レバー460を水平にした状態において係合体420の回転軸に向かって傾斜した傾斜面であり、第7の面414は、操作レバー460の上面と略々平行な平面であり、第8の面415は、操作レバー460を水平にした状態において係合体420の回転軸に向かって傾斜した傾斜面である、略々四角柱状体である。
第2突起部401は、前記角柱体の底面416が係合体420の操作部材たる操作レバー460に向き合う面と向き合い、且つ、前記角柱体の側面である第5の面412が係合体420の第2の斜面部428に摺接するように形成されている。
The second protrusion 401 includes a fifth surface 412 formed at a lower portion, a sixth surface 413 that continues to a lower portion of the fifth surface 412 via a corner, and a fifth surface 412. A seventh surface 414 that continues to the portion of the sixth surface 413 that is not continuous via the corner portion, and an eighth portion that continues to the portion of the seventh surface 414 that is not continuous to the sixth surface 413 via the corner portion. A surface 415.
The second protrusion 401 is formed in a prismatic body having a substantially polygonal cross section in which the surface forms a side surface, and includes a bottom surface 416 of the prismatic body and a side surface of the prismatic body.
The fifth surface 412, the sixth surface 413, the seventh surface 414, and the eighth surface 415 are formed on the side surfaces of the prismatic body.
The fifth surface 412 is an inclined surface that increases as it goes beyond the operation lever 460, and the sixth surface 413 is inclined toward the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 in a state where the operation lever 460 is horizontal. The seventh surface 414 is a flat surface that is substantially parallel to the upper surface of the operation lever 460, and the eighth surface 415 faces the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 when the operation lever 460 is horizontal. It is a substantially quadrangular prism-like body that is an inclined surface.
In the second protrusion 401, the bottom surface 416 of the prismatic body faces the surface facing the operation lever 460 that is the operation member of the engagement body 420, and the fifth surface 412 that is the side surface of the prismatic body is the second surface of the engagement body 420. It is formed so as to be in sliding contact with the two slope portions 428.
ロック状態において、第1突起部400の第1の面404及び第4の面407と係合体420の突起係合部436とが接し合って、第1突起部400と係合体420の突起係合部436が係合されるように、第1の面404は、操作レバー460とは反対側の上方に向かって傾斜している。
第1突起部400の第2の面405、第3の面406、及び、第1突起部400の底面408によって形成される角部は、係合体420の第1の突起通過部432の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
第1突起部400の第1の面404、第4の面407、及び、第1突起部400の底面408によって形成される角部は、係合体420の第2の突起通過部440の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
第1突起部400の第2の面405及び第3の面406によって形成される端縁は、係合体420の第1の斜面部430の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
第1突起部400の第4の面407及び第3の面406によって形成される端縁は、係合体420の第1の斜面部430の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
第2突起部401の第5の面412及び第6の面413によって形成される端縁は、係合体420の第2の斜面部438の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
第2突起部401の第5の面412及び第8の面415によって形成される端縁は、係合体420の第2の斜面部438の有する斜面に摺接するように、丸みを帯びている。
In the locked state, the first surface 404 and the fourth surface 407 of the first protrusion 400 and the protrusion engaging part 436 of the engaging body 420 come into contact with each other, and the protrusion engagement between the first protruding part 400 and the engaging body 420 The first surface 404 is inclined upward on the side opposite to the operation lever 460 so that the portion 436 is engaged.
The corner formed by the second surface 405, the third surface 406, and the bottom surface 408 of the first protrusion 400 is an inclined surface that the first protrusion passage 432 of the engaging body 420 has. It is rounded so that it slides on.
A corner formed by the first surface 404, the fourth surface 407, and the bottom surface 408 of the first protrusion 400 is an inclined surface that the second protrusion passage 440 of the engaging body 420 has. It is rounded so that it slides on.
The edge formed by the second surface 405 and the third surface 406 of the first protrusion 400 is rounded so as to be in sliding contact with the inclined surface of the first inclined surface portion 430 of the engaging body 420.
The edge formed by the fourth surface 407 and the third surface 406 of the first protrusion 400 is rounded so as to be in sliding contact with the slope of the first slope 430 of the engaging body 420.
The edge formed by the fifth surface 412 and the sixth surface 413 of the second protrusion 401 is rounded so as to be in sliding contact with the slope of the second slope 438 of the engagement body 420.
The edge formed by the fifth surface 412 and the eighth surface 415 of the second protrusion 401 is rounded so as to be in sliding contact with the slope of the second slope 438 of the engagement body 420.
前記第1突起部400は、係合体420の回転軸から、前記第2突起部401よりも短く外側に突き出て形成されている。
一方、係合体420の第1のブロック426は、第2のブロック428よりも、係合体420の回転軸から外側に向けての方向に突き出て形成されている。
第2のブロック428は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに、操作レバー460を押し下げたとき、第1突起部400が第2のブロック428の有する第2の斜面部438には当たらない程度の範囲内で係合体軸部470から突き出ている。
第2のブロック428の下側にある第1のブロック426は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに、操作レバー460を押し下げたとき、第2のブロック428の下側にある第1のブロック426の有する第1の斜面部436には当たるように、係合体軸部470から突き出ている。
第2のブロック428は、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに、操作レバー460を押し下げる際に、第1の突起部よりも長く突き出ている第2突起部401が、第2のブロック428の有する第2の斜面部438に当たるように係合体軸部470から突き出ている。
The first protrusion 400 is formed to protrude outward from the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 shorter than the second protrusion 401.
On the other hand, the first block 426 of the engagement body 420 is formed so as to protrude in the direction from the rotation axis of the engagement body 420 to the outside rather than the second block 428.
When the second block 428 moves from the unlocked state to the locked state and the operation lever 460 is pushed down, the first protrusion 400 does not hit the second inclined surface 438 of the second block 428. It protrudes from the engaging body shaft portion 470 within a range of about.
The first block 426 on the lower side of the second block 428 has a first block 428 on the lower side of the second block 428 when the operation lever 460 is pushed down when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state. The block 426 protrudes from the engaging body shaft portion 470 so as to hit the first inclined surface portion 436.
When the second block 428 moves from the locked state to the unlocked state, the second protrusion 401 that protrudes longer than the first protrusion when the operation lever 460 is pushed down is the second block 428. It protrudes from the engaging body shaft portion 470 so as to hit the second inclined surface portion 438 of the.
前記第1突起部400は、ロック解除状態からロック状態に移動するときに、前記第2のブロック428には接触しないが、前記第2のブロック428よりも操作レバー460側に長く突き出た前記第1のブロック426には接触する。すなわち、第1の突起部400は、係合体420が第1の状態にない場合には、操作レバー460を押し下げたときに、前記第1のブロック426の上面の第1の斜面部430に押し当てられる(図39B及びC参照)。これにより、係合体420は、第1の状態に移動する。
The first protrusion 400 does not contact the second block 428 when moving from the unlocked state to the locked state, but the first protrusion 400 protrudes longer toward the operation lever 460 than the second block 428. One block 426 contacts. That is, when the engaging body 420 is not in the first state, the first protrusion 400 is pushed against the first slope 430 on the upper surface of the first block 426 when the operation lever 460 is pushed down. (See FIGS. 39B and C). Thereby, the engagement body 420 moves to the first state.
前記第2突起部401は、第1突起部400よりも係合体420側に長く突き出ているため、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに、前記第1のブロック426よりも操作レバー460側に短く突き出ている前記第2のブロック428に接触する。すなわち、第2突起部401は、ロック状態からロック解除状態に移動するときに、操作レバー460を押し下げたときに、前記第2のブロック428の上面の第2の斜面部438に押し当てられる(図39G及びH参照)。これにより、係合体420は、第2の状態から第3の状態に移動する。
Since the second protrusion 401 protrudes longer toward the engagement body 420 than the first protrusion 400, when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state, the second protrusion 401 is closer to the operation lever 460 than the first block 426. In contact with the second block 428 that protrudes shortly. That is, the second protrusion 401 is pressed against the second inclined surface 438 on the upper surface of the second block 428 when the operation lever 460 is pressed down when moving from the locked state to the unlocked state ( (See FIGS. 39G and H). Thereby, the engagement body 420 moves from the second state to the third state.
第1の突起通過部432は、第1のブロック426の側部すなわち向こう側の壁面に沿って形成される。
第1の突起通過部432には、第1の突縁部442が、第1の突起通過部432を通過する第1突起部400に対して突き出て形成されている。
第2の突起通過部440には、第2の突縁部444が、第2の突起通過部440を通過する第1突起部400に対して突き出て形成されている。
The first protrusion passage portion 432 is formed along the side portion of the first block 426, that is, along the wall surface on the far side.
The first protrusion passage portion 432 is formed with a first protrusion edge portion 442 protruding from the first protrusion portion 400 that passes through the first protrusion passage portion 432.
The second protrusion passage portion 440 is formed with a second protrusion edge portion 444 that protrudes from the first protrusion portion 400 that passes through the second protrusion passage portion 440.
第1の突起通過部432は、第1の斜面部430の低い位置において第1の斜面部430に連設され、第1の突起通過部432の第1の斜面部430と連設された部位とは離れた位置において突起案内部434が連設され、突起案内部434に続いて突起係合部436が連設されている。
突起係合部436は、第1のブロック426の基板22側の下部、すなわち第1のブロック426の下部の壁面の下方に形成される。
The first projection passage portion 432 is connected to the first slope portion 430 at a lower position of the first slope portion 430, and is a portion connected to the first slope portion 430 of the first projection passage portion 432. A projection guide portion 434 is continuously provided at a position away from the projection guide portion, and a projection engagement portion 436 is continuously provided following the projection guide portion 434.
The protrusion engaging portion 436 is formed in the lower portion of the first block 426 on the substrate 22 side, that is, below the wall surface of the lower portion of the first block 426.
ロック状態は、操作レバー460を押し下げることにより、係合体420が第1の状態以外の位置にあるときには、第1突起部400が、第1の斜面部430に押し当てられ、係合体420は第1の状態をとり、操作レバー460を更に押し下げることにより、第1突起部400が、第1の状態にある係合体420の第1の突起通過部432を通過し、係合体420が第2の状態に移動することにより、係合体420と第1突起部400が係合されることにより形成される。
ロック解除状態は、ロック状態にあるときに、操作レバー460を押し下げることにより、第2突起部401が、第2の斜面部438に押し当てられ、係合体420は第3の状態をとり、第1突起部400が、第3の状態にある係合体420の第2の突起通過部440を通過することにより形成される。
In the locked state, when the engaging body 420 is in a position other than the first state by pushing down the operation lever 460, the first protrusion 400 is pressed against the first slope 430, and the engaging body 420 is 1 and the operation lever 460 is further pushed down, the first protrusion 400 passes through the first protrusion passage 432 of the engagement body 420 in the first state, and the engagement body 420 is in the second state. By moving to the state, the engagement body 420 and the first protrusion 400 are engaged with each other.
In the unlocked state, when the operation lever 460 is pushed down in the locked state, the second protrusion 401 is pressed against the second inclined surface 438, the engaging body 420 takes the third state, One protrusion 400 is formed by passing through the second protrusion passage 440 of the engagement body 420 in the third state.
前記第1の突起通過部432に形成された第1の突縁部442は、前記第1の突起通過部432を通過する際の前記第1突起部400に対して突き出ており、前記ロック解除状態から前記ロック状態に移動するときに、第1突起部400が前記第1の突起通過部432を通過する際に、前記第1突起部400が前記第1の突縁部442に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部480が揺動し(たわみ)、前記第1突起部400が前記第1の突縁部442を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部480が復元する。
その後、前記第1突起部400は、前記第1突起部400がばね部材50の付勢力により上昇するときに、第1の突縁部442の下部の突起案内部434に押し当てられることになるため、第1の突縁部442によって前記第1の突起通過部432を逆戻りすることができない。
The first protrusion edge 442 formed on the first protrusion passage portion 432 protrudes with respect to the first protrusion portion 400 when passing through the first protrusion passage portion 432, and the unlocking is performed. When the first protrusion 400 passes through the first protrusion passage 432 when moving from the state to the locked state, the first protrusion 400 is pressed against the first protrusion 442. Thus, when the engaging body support portion 480 swings (bends) and the first protrusion 400 passes through the first projecting edge portion 442, the engaging body support portion 480 is restored.
Thereafter, the first protrusion 400 is pressed against the protrusion guide 434 below the first protrusion 442 when the first protrusion 400 is lifted by the biasing force of the spring member 50. Therefore, the first protrusion passing portion 432 cannot be reversed by the first protruding edge portion 442.
前記第2の突起通過部440に形成された第2の突縁部444は、前記第2の突起通過部440を通過する際の前記第1突起部400に対して突き出ており、前記ロック状態から前記ロック解除状態に移動するときに、第1突起部400が前記第2の突起通過部440を通過する際に、前記第1突起部400が前記第2の突縁部444に押し当てられて、前記係合体支持部480が揺動し(たわみ)、前記第1突起部400が前記第2の突縁部444を通過しきると、前記係合体支持部480が復元する。
その後、前記第1突起部400は、前記係合体420が第3の状態にあったとしても、前記操作レバー460を押し下げたときに、第2の突縁部444の上部の第1の斜面部430に押し当てられることになるため、第2の突縁部444によって前記第2の突起通過部440を逆戻りすることができない。
The second protrusion edge portion 444 formed on the second protrusion passage portion 440 protrudes with respect to the first protrusion portion 400 when passing through the second protrusion passage portion 440, and is in the locked state. When the first protrusion 400 passes through the second protrusion passage 440 when the first protrusion 400 passes through the second protrusion passing portion 440, the first protrusion 400 is pressed against the second protrusion 444. Thus, when the engaging body support portion 480 swings (bends) and the first protrusion 400 passes through the second projecting edge portion 444, the engaging body support portion 480 is restored.
Thereafter, even if the engaging body 420 is in the third state, the first projecting portion 400 has a first slope portion on the upper portion of the second projecting edge portion 444 when the operation lever 460 is pushed down. Since the second protrusion 444 is pressed against the second protrusion 430, the second protrusion passage 440 cannot be reversed by the second protrusion 444.
次に前記図1図示第1の実施の形態の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具について、説明する。
この綴じ具は、特に、被綴じ物押さえ機構に特徴を有するが、以下、綴じ部材支持機構を含めて説明する。
図43は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具平面図解図であり、図44は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具の各部材の位置関係を説明した図であり、図45は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具の台部材の平面図解図であり、図46は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具の台部材の正面図解図であり、図47は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ部材の平面図解図であり、図48は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ部材の側面図解図であり、図49は、(A)は、図47(A)に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の断面図解図であり、(B)及び(C)は、図48(A)に示す綴じ具の綴じ部材の断面図解図であり、図50は、図1に示す綴じ具の変形例である第5の実施形態の綴じ具の台部材と綴じ部材の組み立て方を説明した断面図解図であり、図51は、付勢部材及び綴じ部材と操作部材との作動状態を説明した断面図解図であり、図52は、付勢部材及び綴じ部材と操作部材との作動状態を説明した断面図解図であり、図53は、付勢部材及び綴じ部材と操作部材との作動状態を説明した断面図解図であり、図54Aは、厚い被綴じ物を綴じてロックした状態における、綴じ具を取り付けたファイルの断面図解図であり、図54Bは、薄い被綴じ物を綴じてロックした状態における、綴じ具を取り付けたファイルの断面図解図である。
一般的には、ファイル10の表紙体12の内面に、用紙等の被綴じ物Xを綴じるための綴じ具20が取り付けられている。
表紙体12は、表表紙14aと裏表紙14bと背表紙14cとを備え、表表紙14aと背表紙14cとの間に形成された折り曲げ部16aと、裏表紙14bと背表紙14cとの間に形成された折り曲げ部16bとを備える。
Next, a binding tool according to a fifth embodiment, which is a modification of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1, will be described.
This binding tool is particularly characterized by the binding object pressing mechanism, and will be described below including the binding member support mechanism.
FIG. 43 is a schematic plan view of a binding tool according to a fifth embodiment, which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 44 is a diagram of a fifth embodiment, which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. FIG. 45 is a diagram illustrating the positional relationship of each member of the binding tool, and FIG. 45 is a plan view of the base member of the binding tool of the fifth embodiment, which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. FIG. 47 is a front illustrative view of a base member of a binding tool of a fifth embodiment which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 47 is a fifth embodiment which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. FIG. 48 is a schematic side view of a binding member according to a fifth embodiment, which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. 47A is a cross-sectional view of the binding member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 47A, and FIGS. 48B and 48C are cross-sectional views of the binding member of the binding tool shown in FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view illustrating how to assemble the base member and the binding member of the binding tool of the fifth embodiment which is a modification of the binding tool shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the operation state of the member, the binding member, and the operation member, FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the operation state of the biasing member, the binding member, and the operation member, and FIG. FIG. 54A is a cross-sectional view illustrating the operating state of the urging member, the binding member, and the operation member, and FIG. 54A is a cross-sectional view illustrating a file attached with a binding tool in a state where a thick object is bound and locked. FIG. 54B is a cross-sectional view of a file to which a binding tool is attached in a state where a thin binding object is bound and locked.
Generally, a binding tool 20 for binding a binding object X such as paper is attached to the inner surface of the cover body 12 of the file 10.
The front cover body 12 includes a front cover 14a, a back cover 14b, and a spine 14c, and a bent portion 16a formed between the front cover 14a and the spine 14c, and between the back cover 14b and the spine 14c. And a formed bent portion 16b.
綴じ具20は、板状の台部材たる基板22と、前記台部材上において、付勢部材たるばね部材50の付勢力により、被綴じ物Xを押圧して保持するための押圧部を有する綴じ部材70を備える。
綴じ具20は、前記台部材上において、綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)とに移動(開閉)可能にするように、台部材に取り付けられた操作部材たる操作レバー60と、操作レバー60をロック状態にするためのロック手段とを備える。
更に、綴じ具20は、前記台部材上に装着され、前記操作レバー60に連結されるとともに綴じ部材70に連結され、被綴じ物Xを押圧する方向に綴じ部材70を付勢する付勢部材たるばね部材50を含む。
The binding tool 20 includes a substrate 22 that is a plate-like pedestal member, and a binding unit that presses and holds the binding object X by the urging force of the spring member 50 that is the urging member on the pedestal member. A member 70 is provided.
The binding tool 20 can be moved (opened / closed) on the base member between a holding state (locked state) in which the binding member 70 presses the object X to be bound and an open state (unlocked state) away from the object to be bound. As described above, an operation lever 60 that is an operation member attached to the base member and a lock unit for bringing the operation lever 60 into a locked state are provided.
Further, the binding tool 20 is mounted on the base member, connected to the operation lever 60 and connected to the binding member 70, and biasing member that biases the binding member 70 in a direction of pressing the binding object X. A loose spring member 50 is included.
基板22は、操作レバー60を設置される領域の近傍において、綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)を備えている。
前記綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)と被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)とに開閉するように揺動するための係合部90を備えている。
係合部90は、綴じ部材70を基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構を構成する。
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50は、その一部分(ばね第1端部56)が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70を係合部90を中心として被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とに回動するように作動させるように、綴じ部材70に連結されている。
ばね部材50及び綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押さえるための被綴じ物押さえ機構を構成する。
The substrate 22 includes a binding member support portion (a first binding member support portion 30 and a second binding member support portion 34) in the vicinity of a region where the operation lever 60 is installed.
The binding member 70 includes an engaging portion 90 that swings so as to open and close between a hold state (locked state) in which the object X is pressed and an open state (unlocked state) in which the object X is separated from the object X. ing.
The engaging portion 90 constitutes a binding member support mechanism for rotatably attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22.
The spring member 50 serving as the urging member has a part (spring first end portion 56) extending toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the binding member 70 is centered on the engaging portion 90. It is connected to the binding member 70 so as to be operated so as to be rotated between a pressing hold state and an open state away from the object to be bound.
The spring member 50 and the binding member 70 constitute a binding object pressing mechanism for pressing the binding object X.
金属製薄板によって形成される台部材を構成する板状本体たる基板22は、その幅方向の一端部(左端部)における直線状長手端縁に操作部材取り付け部を構成する軸受部を備え、軸受部は、図5ないし図7に示すように、基板22に対して直立する起立面部を有する軸受板24と、軸受板24の面と平行な面を有する軸受部38とによって構成される。
軸受板24は、基板22と一体的に形成されてなり、軸受部38は、基板22より起立されてなる。
軸受板24は、基板22の長手方向の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁近傍に至るまで連続して形成される。
軸受板24の長手方向の一端側(向こう側)には、操作部材取り付け部を構成する円形の枢軸固定用貫通孔26が形成されている。
枢軸固定用貫通孔26は、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26の周辺が、操作レバー60と対向する軸受板24の起立面部と操作レバー60を軸受板24に固定する軸58の軸方向とが斜交するように、向こう側が外に(操作レバー60が取り付けられる面とは反対側に)突き出し、手前側が内に(操作レバー60が取り付けられる面側に)突き出して、操作レバー60と軸受板24の起立面部とは傾斜して形成されている。
第1綴じ部材支持部30は、操作レバー60の向こう側端より更に向こう側に綴じ部材70を支持するために、配置される。
A substrate 22 that is a plate-like main body that constitutes a base member formed of a thin metal plate includes a bearing portion that constitutes an operation member attachment portion at a linear longitudinal end edge at one end portion (left end portion) in the width direction. As shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, the portion includes a bearing plate 24 having an upstanding surface portion standing upright with respect to the substrate 22, and a bearing portion 38 having a surface parallel to the surface of the bearing plate 24.
The bearing plate 24 is formed integrally with the substrate 22, and the bearing portion 38 is erected from the substrate 22.
The bearing plate 24 is continuously formed from the front side edge in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 to the vicinity of the far side edge.
On one end side (the other side) of the bearing plate 24 in the longitudinal direction, a circular pivot fixing through hole 26 constituting an operation member mounting portion is formed.
The pivot fixing through-hole 26 is formed so that the periphery of the pivot fixing through-hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 is in the axial direction of the shaft 58 that fixes the rising surface portion of the bearing plate 24 facing the operation lever 60 and the operation lever 60 to the bearing plate 24. So that the other side protrudes outward (opposite to the surface on which the operation lever 60 is attached), and the front side protrudes inward (to the surface on which the operation lever 60 is attached). The bearing plate 24 is formed to be inclined with respect to the standing surface portion.
The first binding member support portion 30 is arranged to support the binding member 70 further beyond the far end of the operation lever 60.
さらに、これらの第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34の間であって、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とを結ぶ線より軸受板24の側であって軸受板24とは適宜な間隔を離れる側において、軸受板24の面と平行な面を有する軸受部38が形成される。この軸受部38は、基板22にU字状の切り込みを形成し、この部分を切り起こすことにより形成され、軸受板24に対してその全体が、操作レバー60の軸受部たる軸受板24の起立面部と斜交するように形成されている。すなわち、操作レバー60を軸受板24に固定する軸58の軸方向が操作レバー60の軸受部たる軸受板24の起立面部と斜交し、枢軸固定用貫通孔26の周辺と平行になるように形成されている。
この軸受部38には、円形の貫通孔40が形成され、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とが対向するように配置される。すなわち、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とを結ぶ線と、軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とを結ぶ線とが、互いに斜交するように形成される。
Further, between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34, a holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and a holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 are provided. A bearing portion 38 having a surface parallel to the surface of the bearing plate 24 is formed on the side of the bearing plate 24 from the connecting line and on the side away from the bearing plate 24 by an appropriate distance. The bearing portion 38 is formed by forming a U-shaped cut in the substrate 22 and cutting and raising this portion. The entire bearing portion 38 stands up from the bearing plate 24 as the bearing portion of the operation lever 60. It is formed so as to be oblique to the surface portion. That is, the axial direction of the shaft 58 that fixes the operation lever 60 to the bearing plate 24 is oblique to the upright surface portion of the bearing plate 24 that is the bearing portion of the operation lever 60, and is parallel to the periphery of the pivot fixing through hole 26. Is formed.
A circular through hole 40 is formed in the bearing portion 38, and the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38 are arranged to face each other. That is, a line connecting the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38. Are formed so as to obliquely cross each other.
軸受板24と適宜な間隔を隔てて操作部材たる操作レバー60の長手方向において間隔をあけて、少なくとも二つの綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)が突設されている。軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26の形成部の向こう側において、第1綴じ部材支持部30は、綴じ部材70を支持する第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面は、軸受板24の主面と平行になるように形成される。この第1綴じ部材支持部30には、正面視長方形の保持穴32が形成される。
さらに、操作レバー60の向こう側より手前側において、綴じ部材70を支持するために、第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面に平行な面を有する別の第2綴じ部材支持部34が形成される。この第2綴じ部材支持部34には、正面視長方形の保持穴36が形成される。
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、基板22にU字状の切り込みを形成し、この部分を切り起こすことにより形成される。
前後一対の保持穴32と保持穴36とは、基板22の長手方向にのびる正面視長方形であって、基板22の上面から均等な高さに形成されている。
これらの第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34とは、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って並列された板状体である。そして、その第1綴じ部材支持部30の主面と第2綴じ部材支持部34の主面とを結ぶ線が、軸受板24の基板22側の主面に平行となるように配置され、複数の綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)の面が、綴じ部材70の側を向いて綴じ部材70の長手方向に広がる平面に平行に並列されている。
At least two binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) are spaced apart from the bearing plate 24 in the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60 that is an operation member with an appropriate interval. Projected. On the other side of the formation portion of the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, the first binding member support portion 30 is configured such that the main surface of the first binding member support portion 30 that supports the binding member 70 is the main surface of the bearing plate 24. It is formed so as to be parallel to the surface. The first binding member support portion 30 is formed with a rectangular holding hole 32 in front view.
Furthermore, another second binding member support portion 34 having a surface parallel to the main surface of the first binding member support portion 30 is formed in order to support the binding member 70 on the front side from the other side of the operation lever 60. The The second binding member support portion 34 is formed with a rectangular holding hole 36 in front view.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are formed by forming a U-shaped cut in the substrate 22 and cutting up this portion.
The pair of front and rear holding holes 32 and 36 are rectangular in front view extending in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22, and are formed at an equal height from the upper surface of the substrate 22.
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are plate-like bodies arranged in parallel along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70. And the line which connects the main surface of the 1st binding member support part 30 and the main surface of the 2nd binding member support part 34 is arrange | positioned so that it may become parallel to the main surface by the side of the board | substrate 22 of the bearing plate 24, and several The surfaces of the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) are parallel to a plane extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 toward the binding member 70 side. .
前記綴じ部材70は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と、該押圧部72に連設された架け渡し部74と、該架け渡し部74の押圧部72とは反対側に形成された立ち上がり部76とを有している。
The binding member 70 includes a pressing portion 72 that presses the object to be bound X, a bridging portion 74 that is connected to the pressing portion 72, and a rising portion that is formed on the opposite side of the pressing portion 72 of the bridging portion 74. Part 76.
[綴じ部材支持機構]
前記綴じ部材70を基板22へ回動可能に取り付けるための綴じ部材支持機構は、立ち上がり部76に押圧部72側に向けて突き出し設けられている係合部90と、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34とにより構成される。
前記綴じ部材70の係合部90は、被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72とは反対側の端縁である立ち上がり部76に、長手方向において間隔をあけて少なくとも二つ形成されている。
前記係合部90は、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に係合され且つ綴じ部材70を揺動させるように支持凸部92を形成されている。
[Binding member support mechanism]
The binding member support mechanism for pivotally attaching the binding member 70 to the substrate 22 includes an engaging portion 90 protruding from the rising portion 76 toward the pressing portion 72 side, and the first binding member support portion. 30 and the second binding member support portion 34.
At least two engaging portions 90 of the binding member 70 are formed at intervals in the longitudinal direction at a rising portion 76 that is an edge opposite to the pressing portion 72 that holds the binding object X.
The engaging portion 90 is engaged with the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 and has a support convex portion 92 so as to swing the binding member 70. Is formed.
前記支持凸部92は、押圧部72とは反対側の綴じ部材70の端縁たる立ち上がり部76から突き出し設けられた断面略L字型又は断面略J字型である。支持凸部92は、立ち上がり部76に垂直に交わる板状の支持基部94と、支持基部94と垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76に平行な板状の垂下部96とを備える。
保持穴32と保持穴36とは、基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置しており、保持穴32及び保持穴36に係合して支持される複数の係合部90の支持基部94は、全て基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置するように構成されている。
The support convex portion 92 has a substantially L-shaped cross section or a substantially J-shaped cross section that protrudes from a rising portion 76 that is an end edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the pressing portion 72. The support convex portion 92 includes a plate-like support base portion 94 that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly and a plate-like hanging portion 96 that intersects the support base portion 94 perpendicularly and is parallel to the rising portion 76.
The holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 are located at the same height at the same distance from the main surface of the substrate 22 and are engaged with the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 to be supported by a plurality of engagements. The support bases 94 of the part 90 are all configured to be located at the same height apart from the main surface of the substrate 22 by the same distance.
そして、支持凸部92は、綴じ部材70の被綴じ物Xを押える押圧部72と向き合う端縁側の領域の下部において、支持基部94が保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部に係合され、綴じ部材70を揺動できるように保持される。
支持凸部92は、保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部に係合された領域(支持基部94)よりのびた先端側たる垂下部96が、保持穴32及び保持穴36から綴じ部材70を揺動するときに抜け出ないように、保持穴32及び保持穴36の下部から下方に垂れ下がっている。
The support convex portion 92 is engaged with the lower portion of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 in the lower portion of the edge side region facing the pressing portion 72 that holds the binding object X of the binding member 70, and is bound. The member 70 is held so as to be able to swing.
In the support convex portion 92, a drooping portion 96, which extends from the region engaged with the lower portions of the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36 (support base 94), swings the binding member 70 from the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36. In order to prevent it from coming out when it is done, it hangs downward from the lower portions of the holding holes 32 and 36.
前記支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34を台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材70の配置側に向けて突設された状態において、保持穴32及び保持穴36の穴内に、その先端より差し込むことができるように、綴じ部材70の押圧部72と向き合う端縁から間隔をあけて押圧部72の側に向けて突き出し設けられている。
綴じ部材70の立ち上がり部76は、支持凸部92が左右端の下方に形成され、支持凸部92を形成された領域においては、支持凸部92を第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に差し込み係合させるときの妨げとならないように切り欠かれている。架け渡し部74の下端と支持凸部92との間に切り欠きによるスペースが設けられているので、基板22の主面に立設された部位に当接することなく、支持凸部92は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けることができる(図44(A)参照)。
The support protrusion 92 is formed in the state in which the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are protruded toward the arrangement side of the binding member 70 on the base plate 22 serving as a base member. In the hole 36, it is provided so as to protrude toward the pressing portion 72 at a distance from the end edge facing the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70 so that it can be inserted from the tip thereof.
The rising portion 76 of the binding member 70 has the support convex portion 92 formed below the left and right ends. In the region where the support convex portion 92 is formed, the support convex portion 92 is held in the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30. In addition, the second binding member support portion 34 is notched so as not to interfere with the insertion and engagement with the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34. Since a notch space is provided between the lower end of the bridging portion 74 and the support convex portion 92, the support convex portion 92 can be It can attach to the 1st binding member support part 30 and the 2nd binding member support part 34 (refer FIG. 44 (A)).
この実施の形態においては、前記支持凸部92は、前記第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34との間隔に対応した間隔をおいて、綴じ部材70の長手方向に沿って前後1対の支持凸部92が並列されている。支持凸部92は、手前側の第1の支持凸部92aと向こう側の第2の支持凸部92bとが同一の形状の板状体である。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、いずれも、綴じ部材70の端縁より押圧部72に向けて屈曲されて支持基部94を形成され、且つ、支持基部94より端縁の下方に向けて屈曲されて垂下部96を形成されている。立ち上がり部76と第1の支持凸部92a及び第2の支持凸部92bとのなす形状は、正面視略h字状である。
第1の支持凸部92aは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第1の支持基部94aと、第1の支持基部94aと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第1の垂下部96aとを備える。
第2の支持凸部92bは、立ち上がり部76と垂直に交わる板状の第2の支持基部94bと、第2の支持基部94bと垂直に交わり立ち上がり部76と平行な板状の第2の垂下部96bとを備える。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、立ち上がり部76より同じ長さが突き出されている。第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、綴じ部材70が第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられたときに水平方向に突き出し形成されている。而して、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられたときに、基板22の主面から同じ距離を離れた同一の高さに位置する。
第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、第1の支持基部94aと第2の支持基部94bとが同じ高さに形成されており、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとが係合される第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36とは、同じ高さに形成されている。
このように、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に取り付けられた綴じ部材70は、押圧部72の向こう側の接地部72a及び手前側の接地部72bが基板22と平行となって、同時に同一の押圧力で被綴じ物Xを押圧するように構成されている。
そして、第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとは、台部材たる基板22において綴じ部材支持部(第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34)が突設された状態において、保持穴32に第1の支持凸部92aを及び保持穴36に第2の支持凸部92bをそれぞれの穴内に、それぞれの垂下部96の先端より差し込むことができるように形成されている。
In this embodiment, the support convex portion 92 is spaced along the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 with an interval corresponding to the interval between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. A pair of front and rear support protrusions 92 are juxtaposed. The support convex portion 92 is a plate-like body in which the first support convex portion 92a on the near side and the second support convex portion 92b on the far side are the same shape.
The first support convex portion 92 a and the second support convex portion 92 b are both bent from the edge of the binding member 70 toward the pressing portion 72 to form a support base 94, and from the support base 94. A drooping portion 96 is formed by bending downward toward the edge. The shape formed by the rising portion 76, the first support convex portion 92a, and the second support convex portion 92b is substantially h-shaped when viewed from the front.
The first support convex portion 92 a includes a plate-like first support base portion 94 a that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly, and a plate-shaped first hanging portion that intersects the first support base portion 94 a perpendicularly and is parallel to the rising portion 76. Part 96a.
The second support protrusion 92b includes a plate-like second support base 94b that intersects the rising portion 76 perpendicularly, and a plate-shaped second hanging base that intersects the second support base 94b perpendicularly and parallel to the rising portion 76. Part 96b.
The first support convex portion 92 a and the second support convex portion 92 b have the same length protruding from the rising portion 76. The first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed to protrude in the horizontal direction when the binding member 70 is attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. Yes. Thus, the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed from the main surface of the substrate 22 when attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. Located at the same height, separated by the same distance.
The first support convex part 92a and the second support convex part 92b are formed such that the first support base part 94a and the second support base part 94b are at the same height, and the first support convex part 92a and The holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 with which the second support convex portion 92b is engaged are formed at the same height.
As described above, the binding member 70 attached to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 has the grounding portion 72a on the far side of the pressing portion 72 and the grounding portion 72b on the near side parallel to the substrate 22. At the same time, the object to be bound X is pressed with the same pressing force.
The first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b are formed by protruding the binding member support portions (the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34) on the base plate 22 as the base member. In this state, the first support convex portion 92a is inserted into the holding hole 32 and the second support convex portion 92b is formed into the hole so that it can be inserted into the respective holes from the tips of the hanging portions 96. Has been.
この実施の形態においては、綴じ部材70を操作レバー60側により近づけて配置するために軸受部38と第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34との間隔を狭くしているので、第1の支持凸部92aを保持穴32に及び第2の支持凸部92bを保持穴36にそれぞれ挿入する前には、軸受部38は、第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34から離隔するように第1綴じ部材支持部30側に若干倒されている(図50(A)参照)。
第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34は、基板22から綴じ部材70の配置側に向けて立ち上げられ、基板22と主面と垂直になるように立設されている(図50(A)参照)。
第1の支持凸部92aは、その先端である第1の垂下部96aの下端を、第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32の穴縁にあてがい、且つ、第2の支持凸部92bは、その先端である第2の垂下部96bの下端を第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36の穴縁にあてがい、押圧部72を第1綴じ部材支持部30及び保持穴32から離れる方向(軸受板24より離れる方向)に引っ張ることにより、第1の支持凸部92aを保持穴32内に、第2の支持凸部92bを保持穴36内に挿入する(図50(B)参照)。
そして、若干倒されていた軸受部38は、綴じ部材70が第1綴じ部材支持部30及び第2綴じ部材支持部34に連結された後に、基板22の主面と垂直になるように立ち上げられる(図50(C)参照)。
In this embodiment, since the binding member 70 is arranged closer to the operation lever 60 side, the interval between the bearing portion 38 and the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 is narrowed. Before inserting the first support convex portion 92a into the holding hole 32 and the second support convex portion 92b into the holding hole 36, the bearing portion 38 is connected to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member. It is slightly tilted toward the first binding member support portion 30 so as to be separated from the support portion 34 (see FIG. 50A).
The first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34 are raised from the substrate 22 toward the arrangement side of the binding member 70 and are erected so as to be perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 22 ( (See FIG. 50A).
The first support convex portion 92a applies the lower end of the first hanging portion 96a, which is the tip thereof, to the hole edge of the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30, and the second support convex portion 92b The lower end of the second hanging portion 96b, which is the tip, is applied to the hole edge of the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, and the pressing portion 72 is separated from the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 32 ( By pulling in the direction away from the bearing plate 24, the first support protrusion 92a is inserted into the holding hole 32, and the second support protrusion 92b is inserted into the holding hole 36 (see FIG. 50B).
The bearing portion 38 that has been slightly tilted is raised so as to be perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 22 after the binding member 70 is connected to the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34. (See FIG. 50C).
また、基板22の幅方向の他端側(右端部)には、1条の凸条42が形成される。凸条42は、基板22の幅方向において適宜な距離をあけて平行に形成される。そして、基板22の長手方向の両側には、綴じ具20をファイルなどに取り付けるための基板固定用貫通孔44が向こう側と手前側とに一対形成され、基板固定用貫通孔44に鋲を嵌装して綴じ具20がファイルなどに取り付けられる。
Further, a single protrusion 42 is formed on the other end side (right end) of the substrate 22 in the width direction. The ridges 42 are formed in parallel at an appropriate distance in the width direction of the substrate 22. A pair of substrate fixing through holes 44 for attaching the binding tool 20 to a file or the like are formed on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 on the opposite side and the near side, and a hook is fitted into the substrate fixing through hole 44. The binding tool 20 is attached to a file or the like.
[被綴じ物押さえ機構]
軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40には、軸58が挿通され、軸58に捩りコイルばねからなるばね部材50および操作部材たる操作レバー60が取り付けられる。
操作レバー60は、基板22上においてロックされた状態にするためのロック機構を備えている。
ロック機構は、操作レバー60の側(軸受板24とは反対側)に設けられた、係合体120及び該係合体120が取り付けられた係合体支持部180、並びに操作レバー60に設けられた突起部100を備える。
[Binding mechanism for the object to be bound]
A shaft 58 is inserted through the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38, and a spring member 50 made of a torsion coil spring and an operation lever 60 as an operation member are attached to the shaft 58.
The operation lever 60 includes a lock mechanism for bringing the operation lever 60 into a locked state on the substrate 22.
The lock mechanism includes an engagement body 120 provided on the operation lever 60 side (opposite side to the bearing plate 24), an engagement body support portion 180 to which the engagement body 120 is attached, and a protrusion provided on the operation lever 60. Part 100 is provided.
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりその一部分が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70の操作部材たる操作レバー60側を中心として被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態とに移動するように作動させる。
前記綴じ部材70は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりのびる幅方向を有し、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記操作部材たる操作レバー60とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を含む直線SL1と略々同一の直線上に前記押圧部72を有し、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分が綴じ部材70の幅方向にのびて、前記綴じ部材70の端縁を含む直線SL1の近傍に位置し、且つ、前記綴じ部材の長手方向における中央の近傍に位置している。
ばね部材50は、軸58の外周に巻装された巻線部52と、前記巻線部52の一端(右端部)から綴じ部材70側にのびるばね第1端部56と、前記巻線部52の軸受板24側の他端(左端部)から操作レバー60側に直線状にのびるばね第2端部54とを有している。
軸58及びばね部材50の巻線部52は、軸受板24と斜交するように、軸受板24及び軸受部38の間に架け渡される。
前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分(ばね第1端部56)は、前記綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態から被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態に開閉移動するように前記操作部材たる操作レバー60を操作した場合に、上方向すなわち、軸受板24が立ち上がる方向に移動するように形成されている。
前記ばね部材50は、その一部分(ばね第1端部56)が綴じ部材70の押圧部72に向かってのびて、綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とに開閉するために係合部90を中心として回動するように構成されている。
A part of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member extends from the operation lever 60 side that is the operation member toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the spring member 50 that is the operation member of the binding member 70 is centered on the operation lever 60 side. It operates so that it moves to the hold state which presses the binding object X, and the open state which leaves | separates from the binding object X.
The binding member 70 has a width direction extending from the operation lever 60 side serving as the operation member, and an edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the operation lever 60 serving as the operation member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view. The pressing portion 72 is provided on a straight line that is substantially the same as the straight line SL 1 including the edge portion of the binding member 70. located in the vicinity of the straight line SL 1 containing, and are located in the vicinity of the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member.
The spring member 50 includes a winding portion 52 wound around an outer periphery of a shaft 58, a spring first end portion 56 extending from one end (right end portion) of the winding portion 52 toward the binding member 70, and the winding portion. 52 has a spring second end portion 54 linearly extending from the other end (left end portion) on the bearing plate 24 side to the operation lever 60 side.
The shaft 58 and the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50 are bridged between the bearing plate 24 and the bearing portion 38 so as to cross the bearing plate 24 obliquely.
The part (spring first end portion 56) of the spring member 50 as the urging member is opened and closed so as to open and close from a hold state where the binding member 70 presses the binding object X to an open state away from the binding object. When the operation lever 60 which is an operation member is operated, it is formed to move in the upward direction, that is, the direction in which the bearing plate 24 rises.
A part of the spring member 50 (spring first end portion 56) extends toward the pressing portion 72 of the binding member 70, and the holding state in which the binding member 70 presses the object X to be bound and an open state away from the object to be bound. In order to open and close to the state, it is configured to rotate around the engaging portion 90.
ばね部材50のばね第2端部54は、巻線部52の軸受板24側でその後側の上端より手前側に直線状に延び、その先端が外力を受けないときは、その先端が手前側に斜め上方に向けてのびるように形成されている。
The spring second end portion 54 of the spring member 50 extends linearly from the upper end of the rear side on the bearing plate 24 side of the winding portion 52 to the near side, and when the tip is not subjected to external force, the tip is on the near side. It is formed so as to extend obliquely upward.
ばね第1端部56は、巻線部52の軸受部38側でその手前側の下端より軸受板24とは反対側に延びたばね立ち上がり部56aを備え、外力を受けないときは略L字状となるように、上方に延びたばね立ち上がり部56aの上端から斜め下方にばね架け渡し部56bが延び、ばね架け渡し部56bの自由端側にばね係止部56cが形成されている。さらに、ばね第1端部56には、ばね架け渡し部56bが若干の角度だけ折り曲げられたばね曲がり部56eが形成されている。
前記外力が作用しないばね第1端部56と外力が作用しないばね第2端部54(特に立ち上がり部50b)とは、巻線部52からその先端に向かうに従って、それぞれが離れ拡がる方向に向けてのびる略八の字状に形成されている。
The spring first end portion 56 includes a spring rising portion 56a that extends from the lower end on the front side of the winding portion 52 to the opposite side of the bearing plate 24 on the bearing portion 38 side of the winding portion 52, and is substantially L-shaped when receiving no external force. Thus, a spring spanning portion 56b extends obliquely downward from the upper end of the spring rising portion 56a that extends upward, and a spring locking portion 56c is formed on the free end side of the spring spanning portion 56b. Furthermore, the spring first end portion 56 is formed with a spring bent portion 56e in which the spring bridging portion 56b is bent at a slight angle.
The spring first end portion 56 where the external force does not act and the spring second end portion 54 (particularly the rising portion 50b) where the external force does not act are separated and expanded from the winding portion 52 toward the tip thereof. It is formed in an approximately eight-letter shape.
操作レバー60及びばね部材50を基板22に固定する軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mから向こう側端縁までの間に配置されており、前記軸58は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における前記向こう側端縁よりも、中央mすなわち第1の付勢部材収容部80の近傍に配置されている。綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mは、綴じ部材70の向こう側端縁と手前側端縁とを結ぶ線の中央をいう。
また、ばね部材50は、前記巻線部52から前記綴じ部材70にのびた第1端部56において、略々直角に曲がった角部56dを有している。綴じ具20がホールド状態にあるとき、ばね部材50の巻線部52から角部56dにかけてのばね立ち上がり部56aは、綴じ具20の長手方向に平行であって、ばね部材50の先端であるばね係止部56cから角部56dにかけてのばね架け渡し部56bは、綴じ具20の幅方向に平行である。
前記角部56dから前記巻線部52の中心までの長さL1(すなわち、ばね立ち上がり部56aと略々同じ長さ)は、前記軸58ののびる方向の直線SL2と前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央線との間の長さL2と略々同一である(図12B参照)。
綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央線は、中央m(綴じ部材70の向こう側端縁と手前側端縁とを結ぶ線の中央)を通る、綴じ部材70の幅方向における直線SL4をいう。
A shaft 58 for fixing the operation lever 60 and the spring member 50 to the substrate 22 is disposed between the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 and the far side edge, and the shaft 58 is connected to the binding member 70. It is arrange | positioned in the vicinity of the center m, ie, the 1st biasing member accommodating part 80, rather than the said far side edge in the longitudinal direction. The center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 refers to the center of a line connecting the far side edge and the near side edge of the binding member 70.
The spring member 50 has a corner portion 56 d that is bent substantially at a right angle at a first end portion 56 extending from the winding portion 52 to the binding member 70. When the binding tool 20 is in the hold state, the spring rising portion 56a from the winding portion 52 to the corner portion 56d of the spring member 50 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the binding tool 20 and is a spring that is the tip of the spring member 50. The spring spanning portion 56b from the locking portion 56c to the corner portion 56d is parallel to the width direction of the binding tool 20.
A length L 1 from the corner portion 56d to the center of the winding portion 52 (that is, approximately the same length as the spring rising portion 56a) is equal to the straight line SL 2 in the extending direction of the shaft 58 and the binding member 70. it is substantially the same as the length L 2 between the center line in the longitudinal direction (see FIG. 12B).
The center line in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 refers to a straight line SL 4 in the width direction of the binding member 70 passing through the center m (the center of the line connecting the far side edge and the near side edge of the binding member 70).
基板22は、軸58の一端を軸支する軸固定部たる軸受板24と、前記軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26より向こう側にわずかにずれた位置に形成され、軸58の他端を軸支する軸固定部たる軸受部38とを有する。
軸受板24の枢軸固定用貫通孔26と軸受部38の貫通孔40とに架け渡されて固定された軸58は、その綴じ部材70側である軸受部38側の方が、軸58の軸受板24側を中心にして操作レバー60の自由端より離れる方向に水平面上において回転した位置において、軸受部38の貫通孔40に固定されている。
The substrate 22 is formed at a position slightly shifted to the far side of the bearing plate 24 as a shaft fixing portion that pivotally supports one end of the shaft 58 and the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24, and the other end of the shaft 58. And a bearing portion 38 that is a shaft fixing portion that supports the shaft.
The shaft 58 spanned and fixed between the pivot fixing through hole 26 of the bearing plate 24 and the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38 has a bearing portion 38 side which is the binding member 70 side of the shaft 58. At the position rotated on the horizontal plane in the direction away from the free end of the operation lever 60 around the plate 24 side, it is fixed to the through hole 40 of the bearing portion 38.
操作レバー60及びばね部材50を基板22に固定する軸58は、その軸58ののびる軸方向の直線SL2と前記ばね部材50の巻線部52の中心軸SL3上の直線との傾きを、前記ホールド状態と前記オープン状態とにおいて変更可能である(図12A(A)及び(B)参照)。
すなわち、前記巻線部52の内径が、前記軸58の外径との間に若干の隙間が設けられている。更に、基板22の軸受板24から軸受部38までの長さが、巻線部52の中心軸方向における巻線部52の幅(綴じ具20の幅方向における巻線部52の幅)に対して、十分に設けられている。このような構成により、軸58ののびる方向に対して、巻線部52が傾くことが可能である。
The shaft 58 that fixes the operating lever 60 and the spring member 50 to the substrate 22 has an inclination between the straight line SL 2 extending in the axial direction of the shaft 58 and the straight line on the central axis SL 3 of the winding portion 52 of the spring member 50. It can be changed between the hold state and the open state (see FIGS. 12A (A) and 12 (B)).
That is, a slight gap is provided between the inner diameter of the winding portion 52 and the outer diameter of the shaft 58. Further, the length from the bearing plate 24 to the bearing portion 38 of the substrate 22 is relative to the width of the winding portion 52 in the central axis direction of the winding portion 52 (the width of the winding portion 52 in the width direction of the binding tool 20). And it is provided enough. With such a configuration, the winding portion 52 can be inclined with respect to the direction in which the shaft 58 extends.
ばね部材50は、軸固定部たる軸受板24と軸受部38との間において、巻線部52が軸58の軸回りにおいて基板22と略平行に装着され、前記外力が作用しないばね第2端部54は、軸受板24の内側に沿って基板22の長手方向に伸び、操作レバー60の長手方向と略平行に操作レバー60に固定されている。
すなわち、前記外力が作用しないばね第2端部54は、被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態と被綴じ物より離れるオープン状態とにするためにロック状態からロックを解除するように操作レバー60を回動させる方向、すなわち操作レバー60が回動する軌道面に沿って、操作レバー60に固定されている。したがって、ばね部材50は、不用な干渉なくスムーズに動くことができ、操作レバー60の上昇及び下降等の動きもスムーズになる。
In the spring member 50, the winding portion 52 is mounted substantially parallel to the substrate 22 around the axis of the shaft 58 between the bearing plate 24 and the bearing portion 38 as the shaft fixing portion, and the second end of the spring where the external force does not act. The portion 54 extends in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 along the inner side of the bearing plate 24, and is fixed to the operation lever 60 substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60.
That is, the spring second end portion 54 to which the external force does not act pushes the operation lever 60 so as to release the lock from the locked state in order to set the hold state for pressing the binding object X and the open state away from the binding object. It is fixed to the operation lever 60 along the rotating direction, that is, along the track surface on which the operation lever 60 rotates. Therefore, the spring member 50 can move smoothly without unnecessary interference, and the movement of the operation lever 60 such as raising and lowering becomes smooth.
操作レバー60を回動して綴じ部材70が被綴じ物Xを押圧するホールド状態(ロック状態)にするとき及び被綴じ物Xより離れるオープン状態(ロック解除状態)にするとき、すなわち開閉するときに、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、回動するが、巻線部52は、それに対応して縮まったり緩んだりする。そのために、巻線部52の内径は、若干軸58の外径との間に隙間が設けられるように構成されている。そして、巻線部52は、軸58の外周面上に巻装されている。
すなわち、巻線部52は、操作レバー60の長手方向とは斜めに交差するようにばね第2端部54側からばね第1端部56側に向けて延び、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の側が、ばね第2端部54の側より向こう側の位置において、基板22に固定されている。
ばね部材50に外力が作用しないとき、ばね第2端部54は、操作レバー60の自由端を軸58を枢軸部として押し上げるように形成され、ばね第1端部56は、綴じ部材70を基板22の表面に接近するように形成されている。
ばね部材50は、ばね第2端部54が操作レバー60の長手方向と略平行に操作レバー60に固定されているので、操作レバー60を倒伏位置に向けて押し下げるとき、軸受板24と略平行な方向すなわち垂直方向に向けて押し下げ、ロック機構を構成する突起部100を係合体120に係止させることができる。
When the operating lever 60 is rotated to bring the binding member 70 into a hold state (locked state) in which the binding object X is pressed and to an open state (unlocked state) away from the binding object X, that is, to open and close In addition, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 rotates, but the winding portion 52 contracts or loosens accordingly. Therefore, the inner diameter of the winding part 52 is configured so that a gap is provided slightly between the outer diameter of the shaft 58. The winding portion 52 is wound on the outer peripheral surface of the shaft 58.
That is, the winding portion 52 extends from the spring second end portion 54 side toward the spring first end portion 56 side so as to obliquely intersect the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60, and the spring first end of the spring member 50. The portion 56 side is fixed to the substrate 22 at a position farther from the spring second end portion 54 side.
When no external force acts on the spring member 50, the spring second end portion 54 is formed so as to push up the free end of the operation lever 60 with the shaft 58 as a pivot portion, and the spring first end portion 56 forms the binding member 70 on the substrate. It is formed so as to approach the surface of 22.
Since the spring second end portion 54 of the spring member 50 is fixed to the operation lever 60 substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the operation lever 60, the spring member 50 is substantially parallel to the bearing plate 24 when the operation lever 60 is pushed down toward the lying down position. The protrusion 100 constituting the lock mechanism can be engaged with the engagement body 120 by being pushed down in a simple direction, that is, in the vertical direction.
平面視略長方形状の綴じ部材70は、基板22上において、基板22の長手方向に延びて軸受板24と平行に取り付けられ、軸受板24とは反対側の綴じ部材70の長手端縁が基板22の表面に接近離間するように形成される。
綴じ部材70は、たとえば1枚の金属板によって形成される。綴じ部材70は、たとえば第1綴じ部材支持部30と第2綴じ部材支持部34との距離より短い長さを有し、幅方向において上方に向けて膨らむように屈曲する形状(断面略L字状)に形成される。
そして、綴じ部材70の幅方向の軸受板24側において、その長手方向の両側に分かれて軸受板24側とは反対側に向けて突出する係合部90が形成される。
これらの係合部90が、枢軸部受けたる第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32および枢軸部受けたる第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に嵌め込まれる。
手前側の第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36は、向こう側の第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32と、基板22からの高さが同一になるように形成され、向こう側の保持穴32に係合された綴じ部材70の向こう側の第1の支持凸部92aと、手前側の保持穴36に係合された綴じ部材70の手前側の第2の支持凸部92bと同一の高さ位置で係合されている。
The binding member 70 having a substantially rectangular shape in plan view extends on the substrate 22 in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22 and is mounted in parallel with the bearing plate 24, and the longitudinal edge of the binding member 70 opposite to the bearing plate 24 is the substrate. It is formed so as to approach and separate from the surface of 22.
The binding member 70 is formed of, for example, a single metal plate. The binding member 70 has a length shorter than the distance between the first binding member support portion 30 and the second binding member support portion 34, for example, and is bent so as to bulge upward in the width direction (substantially L-shaped in cross section). Formed).
Then, on the bearing plate 24 side in the width direction of the binding member 70, an engaging portion 90 is formed which is divided on both sides in the longitudinal direction and protrudes toward the opposite side to the bearing plate 24 side.
These engaging portions 90 are fitted into the holding holes 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 serving as the pivot portion and the holding holes 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 serving as the pivot portion.
The holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34 on the near side is formed so that the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 on the far side is the same as the height from the substrate 22. A first support convex portion 92a on the far side of the binding member 70 engaged with the holding hole 32, and a second support convex portion 92b on the near side of the binding member 70 engaged with the holding hole 36 on the near side, They are engaged at the same height position.
したがって、綴じ部材70は、2つの前後1対の第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとを結ぶ線を回転中心として回動可能となっている。
操作レバー60は、軸受板24と係合部90との間において、軸受板24及び第1の支持凸部92aと第2の支持凸部92bとを結ぶ線に沿ってのびる。
そして、操作レバー60の手前側の自由端を押さえて突起部100を係合体支持部180の係合体120に係止して操作レバー60をロックするとき、綴じ部材70の手前側の第2の支持凸部92bと向こう側の第1の支持凸部92aとが同一の高さに位置するので、ばね部材50のばね係止部56cが綴じ部材70の架け渡し部74を押える位置(綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央近傍)との関係上同時に被綴じ物Xを押さえ始めて、被綴じ物Xにかかる押える力のバランスが向こう側と手前側と均等となる。
Therefore, the binding member 70 is rotatable around a line connecting the two pairs of the first and second support protrusions 92a and 92b.
The operation lever 60 extends between the bearing plate 24 and the engaging portion 90 along a line connecting the bearing plate 24 and the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b.
When the front end of the operation lever 60 is pressed and the projection 100 is locked to the engagement body 120 of the engagement body support portion 180 to lock the operation lever 60, the second front side of the binding member 70 is locked. Since the support convex portion 92b and the first support convex portion 92a on the other side are located at the same height, the position where the spring locking portion 56c of the spring member 50 presses the bridging portion 74 of the binding member 70 (binding member). 70 in the longitudinal direction in the longitudinal direction), the object X starts to be pressed simultaneously, and the pressing force applied to the object X is balanced between the far side and the near side.
なお、係合部90の強度を高め、保持穴32及び保持穴36内で係合部90が回転しやすいように、係合部90は幅方向に屈曲するように形成される。このように、綴じ部材70から突出する係合部90を第1綴じ部材支持部30の保持穴32及び第2綴じ部材支持部34の保持穴36に嵌め込むことにより、別部品たる回転軸などを用いて綴じ部材70を回動可能に保持する場合に比べて、部品数を少なくすることができる。
The engaging portion 90 is formed to be bent in the width direction so that the strength of the engaging portion 90 is increased and the engaging portion 90 is easily rotated in the holding hole 32 and the holding hole 36. As described above, the engaging portion 90 protruding from the binding member 70 is fitted into the holding hole 32 of the first binding member support portion 30 and the holding hole 36 of the second binding member support portion 34, so that the rotating shaft as a separate part or the like The number of parts can be reduced compared to the case where the binding member 70 is rotatably held using
綴じ部材70は、図47ないし図49において示すように、係合部90側より軸受板24とは反対側の斜め上方に延びた立ち上がり部76と、立ち上がり部76の上端から斜め下方(水平面に対して略22°)に向けて延びた平板状の架け渡し部74と、架け渡し部74の自由端に、綴じ部材70の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁に亘って斜め下方(垂直面に対して略15°)に向けて折り曲げられて形成された押圧部72とが形成されている。押圧部72は、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押えるときに、架け渡し部74側に若干撓みつつ押圧部72が書類などの被綴じ物Xを押圧し得るように形成されている。
47 to 49, the binding member 70 includes a rising portion 76 that extends obliquely upward from the engagement portion 90 side on the side opposite to the bearing plate 24, and a diagonally downward (horizontal plane) from the upper end of the rising portion 76. And a flat bridge portion 74 extending toward the front end of the binding member 70 from the front side edge of the binding member 70 to the far side edge (vertical surface). And a pressing portion 72 formed by being bent toward approximately 15 °. The pressing part 72 is formed so that when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed, the pressing part 72 can press the object to be bound X such as a document while being slightly bent toward the bridging part 74.
押圧部72は、架け渡し部74の手前側端縁より向こう側端縁に至るまで連続して形成される。押圧部72は、その自由端に形成された被綴じ物Xに接地する接地領域が向こう側の接地部72aと手前側の接地部72bとに分かれており、向こう側の接地部72aと手前側の接地部72bとは略々同じ接地面積となるように形成されている。
The pressing part 72 is formed continuously from the near side edge of the bridging part 74 to the far side edge. The pressing portion 72 has a grounding region that is grounded to the object to be bound X formed at a free end thereof divided into a grounding portion 72a on the far side and a grounding portion 72b on the near side, and the grounding portion 72a on the far side and the near side The grounding portion 72b is formed to have substantially the same grounding area.
前記綴じ部材70は、その全体が平面視略長方形状で正面視略々台形状にわん曲した板状体に形成されており、幅方向におけるその一端側部分に前記押圧部72が下方に向かってのびるように形成され、幅方向におけるその他端側部分(軸受板24側部分)に一対の係合部90が前記他端側部分に平行にかつ押圧部72方向にのびるように形成されている。押圧部72は、基板22の長手方向にのびる。
The binding member 70 is formed in a plate-like body that is substantially rectangular in plan view and bent in a substantially trapezoidal shape in front view, and the pressing portion 72 faces downward at one end portion in the width direction. A pair of engaging portions 90 are formed on the other end side portion (bearing plate 24 side portion) in the width direction so as to extend in parallel to the other end side portion and in the direction of the pressing portion 72. . The pressing portion 72 extends in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 22.
前記綴じ部材70は、前記操作部材たる操作レバー60側よりのびる幅方向を有し、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記操作部材たる操作レバー60とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍において前記押圧部72を有し、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記一部分たるばね第1端部56が綴じ部材70の幅方向にのびて、前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍に位置している。
基準面Pxzは、基板22の主面に直交する垂直面である。
The binding member 70 has a width direction extending from the operation lever 60 side serving as the operation member, and an edge of the binding member 70 on the side opposite to the operation lever 60 serving as the operation member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view. The spring first end portion 56 that is the portion of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member extends in the width direction of the binding member 70 in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz that passes through the binding member 70. It is located in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz that passes through the edge.
The reference plane P xz is a vertical plane orthogonal to the main surface of the substrate 22.
前記綴じ部材70は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mであって、かつ、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍に、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記ばね第1端部56を挿通するための貫通孔78を有している。
The binding member 70 is the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 and the end of the binding member 70 opposite to the spring member 50 as the biasing member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view. A through hole 78 for inserting the first spring end 56 of the spring member 50 as the biasing member is provided in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz passing through the edge.
前記綴じ部材70は、更に、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央mであって、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁と、前記貫通孔78との間において、凹んで形成された、第1の付勢部材収容部580とを有している。
第1の付勢部材収容部580は、オープン状態とホールド状態との間の移動において、前記ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が前記綴じ部材70に接触しないように、その面側の架け渡し部74より凹んだ収容凹部を形成される。第1の付勢部材収容部580は、立ち上がり部76側が広く押圧部72側に向かうに従って狭くなるU字谷状であって、底部が丸くわん曲されている。
また、ばね部材50は、オープン状態とホールド状態との間の移動において、前記ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が前記綴じ部材70に接触しないように、ばね曲がり部56eにおいてばね第1端部56が若干の角度だけ曲げられて形成される(図51(A)参照)。
ばね部材50は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時及び薄い場合のロック時のいずれの場合にも、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記操作部材たる操作レバー60とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁を通る基準面Pxzの近傍において、前記綴じ部材を押さえるように構成される(図54A及び図54B参照)。
The binding member 70 is further a center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70, and an edge of the binding member 70 on the spring member 50 side as the biasing member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view, A first urging member accommodating portion 580 is formed in a recessed manner between the through hole 78.
The first urging member accommodating portion 580 is mounted on the surface side so that the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 does not contact the binding member 70 during the movement between the open state and the hold state. An accommodation recess that is recessed from the transfer part 74 is formed. The first urging member accommodating portion 580 has a U-shaped valley shape in which the rising portion 76 side is wide and narrows toward the pressing portion 72 side, and the bottom portion is rounded.
Further, the spring member 50 has a spring first end at the spring bent portion 56e so that the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 does not contact the binding member 70 during the movement between the open state and the hold state. The part 56 is formed by being bent at a slight angle (see FIG. 51A).
The spring member 50 is opposite to the operation lever 60 serving as the operation member in a plan view of the binding member 70 in both cases of locking when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thick and locking when the thickness is thin. The binding member is configured to be pressed in the vicinity of the reference plane P xz passing through the edge of the binding member 70 on the side (see FIGS. 54A and 54B).
綴じ部材70は、前記綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央であって、前記綴じ部材70を平面視して前記付勢部材たるばね部材50とは反対側の前記綴じ部材70の端縁と、前記貫通孔78との間に、上向きに膨出されて形成された、第2の付勢部材収容部82を有している。
The binding member 70 is the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70, and the edge of the binding member 70 on the opposite side of the spring member 50 that is the biasing member when the binding member 70 is viewed in plan view, Between the through-hole 78, it has the 2nd biasing member accommodating part 82 formed by bulging upward.
綴じ部材70は、前記第1の付勢部材収容部580に臨む領域において、下向きに凹まされて、前記付勢部材たるばね部材50の前記ばね第1端部56を係止し且つ覆うために形成された、付勢部材端部保持部86を有している。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、第2の付勢部材収容部82の下端に立ち上がり部76側に向けて突設された板状体であり、オープン状態のときには、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成され、ホールド状態のときにも、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を覆うように形成されている。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時及び薄い場合のロック時には、基板22の主面と略々平行になるように構成されている(図54A及び図54B参照)。
付勢部材端部保持部86は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時及び薄い場合のロック時には、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が係止されないように構成されている(図54A及び図54B参照)。
The binding member 70 is recessed downward in a region facing the first biasing member accommodating portion 580 to lock and cover the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 as the biasing member. The biasing member end holding portion 86 is formed.
The urging member end holding portion 86 is a plate-like body projecting toward the rising portion 76 side at the lower end of the second urging member accommodating portion 82, and in the open state, the spring member 50 of the spring member 50. The first end portion 56 is configured to be locked, and is formed so as to cover the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 even in the hold state.
The biasing member end holding portion 86 is configured to be substantially parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thick and when locked. And FIG. 54B).
The biasing member end holding portion 86 is configured so that the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is not locked when locked when the thickness of the binding object X is thick and when locked. (See FIGS. 54A and 54B).
綴じ部材70は、付勢部材端部保持部86より立ち上がり部76側で付勢部材端部保持部86より上方において、ロック状態においてばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するための付勢部材端部係止部84を有している。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、第1の付勢部材収容部580の押圧部72側端から貫通孔78に亘って設けられた板状体である。付勢部材端部係止部84は、前記第1の付勢部材収容部580と貫通孔78との間に形成されており、前記第1の付勢部材収容部580と一体的に形成されている。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが薄い場合のロック時には基板22の主面と略々平行になり、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成されている(図54B参照)。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、被綴じ物Xの厚さが厚い場合のロック時には基板22の主面と略々斜交するようになり、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を係止するように構成されている(図54A参照)。
付勢部材端部係止部84は、下側に凹み、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を抱持するように構成されている。
The binding member 70 is for locking the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 in the locked state on the rising portion 76 side from the biasing member end portion holding portion 86 and above the biasing member end portion holding portion 86. It has a biasing member end locking portion 84.
The urging member end locking portion 84 is a plate-like body provided from the end on the pressing portion 72 side of the first urging member accommodating portion 580 to the through hole 78. The urging member end locking portion 84 is formed between the first urging member housing portion 580 and the through hole 78 and is formed integrally with the first urging member housing portion 580. ing.
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is substantially parallel to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thin, and locks the spring first end 56 of the spring member 50. (See FIG. 54B).
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is substantially oblique to the main surface of the substrate 22 when locked when the thickness of the object to be bound X is thick, and the spring first end 56 of the spring member 50 is connected to the biasing member end locking portion 84. It is comprised so that it may latch (refer FIG. 54A).
The biasing member end locking portion 84 is recessed downward and is configured to hold the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50.
立ち上がり部76は、綴じ部材70の長手方向(手前側端から向こう側端に至る方向)における中央mにおいて、下向き(下方向)に凹まされて、第1の付勢部材収容部580が形成されている。
架け渡し部74は、綴じ部材70の長手方向(手前側端から向こう側端に至る方向)における中央において、下向き(下方向)に凹まされて、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を収容するための第1の付勢部材収容部580が形成されている。
立ち上がり部76の領域における第1の付勢部材収容部580の底部は、低く、架け渡し部74の領域における第1の付勢部材収容部580の底部は、中央においてやや高く盛り上がり、付勢部材端部係止部84側において低く形成されている。
The rising portion 76 is recessed downward (downward) at the center m in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 (the direction from the near side end to the far side end) to form the first urging member accommodating portion 580. ing.
The bridging portion 74 is recessed downward (downward) at the center in the longitudinal direction of the binding member 70 (the direction from the near side end to the far side end) and accommodates the first spring end 56 of the spring member 50. A first urging member accommodating portion 580 is formed for this purpose.
The bottom portion of the first biasing member accommodating portion 580 in the region of the rising portion 76 is low, and the bottom portion of the first biasing member accommodating portion 580 in the region of the bridging portion 74 rises slightly higher in the center, and the biasing member It is formed low on the end locking portion 84 side.
ばね部材50は、ばね第1端部56が綴じ部材70の内面に近似した形状に形成され、ばね部材50のばね立ち上がり部56aが綴じ部材70の立ち上がり部76に沿って立ち上がり、そしてばね部材50のばね架け渡し部56bが綴じ部材70の第1の付勢部材収容部580に沿ってのびて、ばね部材50のばね係止部56cが綴じ部材70の付勢部材端部係止部84又は付勢部材端部保持部86に係止固定されるように設けられている。
The spring member 50 is formed in a shape in which the spring first end portion 56 approximates the inner surface of the binding member 70, the spring rising portion 56 a of the spring member 50 rises along the rising portion 76 of the binding member 70, and the spring member 50. The spring spanning portion 56b extends along the first biasing member accommodating portion 580 of the binding member 70, and the spring locking portion 56c of the spring member 50 is the biasing member end locking portion 84 of the binding member 70 or It is provided so as to be locked and fixed to the biasing member end holding portion 86.
第2の付勢部材収容部82には、扇形、矩形、半円又は円形の貫通孔78が形成され、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56が付勢部材端部保持部86側より緩挿され、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の先端部(ばね係止部56c)が貫通孔78から外れないようにされている。
貫通孔78は、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56の外形より少し大きい大きさで、ばね部材50のばね第1端部56を緩挿できる形状に形成されており、ばね部材50が貫通孔78の中で若干動くことができる隙間をあけるように構成されている。
A fan-shaped, rectangular, semicircular or circular through hole 78 is formed in the second biasing member accommodating portion 82, and the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is loosened from the biasing member end holding portion 86 side. The distal end portion (spring locking portion 56 c) of the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 is prevented from being detached from the through hole 78.
The through hole 78 is slightly larger than the outer shape of the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50, and is formed in a shape that allows the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 to be loosely inserted. The gap 78 is configured to be slightly movable in the hole 78.
この実施の形態においては、綴じ部材70は、幅方向における中央cより軸受板24側に立ち上がり部76と架け渡し部74とが接続された頂部tが形成され、前記頂部tより押圧部72側に付勢部材端部係止部84及び付勢部材端部保持部86が形成され、付勢部材端部係止部84及び付勢部材端部保持部86の幅方向(前後方向)において略々中央において貫通孔78が穿設されている(図48及び図51参照)。
貫通孔78は、その下縁eが頂部tより下方であって付勢部材端部保持部86より上方において形成されている。
押圧部72は、係合部90より高さ方向(上下方向)において上方に形成されている(図48及び図51参照)。
貫通孔78は、綴じ部材70の前後端に形成された係合部90の間(第1の支持凸部92aと向こう側の第2の支持凸部92bとの間)において、綴じ部材70の長手方向における中央近傍であって、押圧部72に近い位置に形成されている。
なお、押圧部72には、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押さえ付けたときの力による変形を防ぐために、直線状のリブを長手方向に連続して形成してもよく、また、架け渡し部74にも、書類などの被綴じ物Xを押さえ付けたときの力による変形を防ぐために、直線状のリブが長手方向に連続して形成してもよい。
In this embodiment, the binding member 70 has a top portion t in which a rising portion 76 and a bridging portion 74 are connected to the bearing plate 24 side from the center c in the width direction, and the pressing portion 72 side from the top portion t. The urging member end portion locking portion 84 and the urging member end portion holding portion 86 are formed in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the urging member end portion locking portion 84 and the urging member end portion holding portion 86. A through hole 78 is formed at the center (see FIGS. 48 and 51).
The through-hole 78 has a lower edge e formed below the top t and above the biasing member end holding portion 86.
The pressing portion 72 is formed above the engaging portion 90 in the height direction (vertical direction) (see FIGS. 48 and 51).
The through hole 78 is formed between the engaging portions 90 formed at the front and rear ends of the binding member 70 (between the first support convex portion 92a and the second support convex portion 92b on the far side). It is formed near the center in the longitudinal direction and close to the pressing portion 72.
In addition, in order to prevent the pressing part 72 from being deformed by a force when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed, a linear rib may be continuously formed in the longitudinal direction, and the bridging part In order to prevent deformation due to the force when the object to be bound X such as a document is pressed down, linear ribs may also be continuously formed in the longitudinal direction.
ばね部材50は、図51において示すように、綴じ具20を閉じた状態(ホールド状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aが水平に近い方向を向いて、ばね係止部56cが水平に近い方向を向いている。ばね立ち上がり部56aは、背表紙14c(すなわち折り曲げ部16aと折り曲げ部16bとの間の長さ)の高さより高くならない(図54参照)。
ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、図52及び図53において示すように、ロック時には貫通孔78の下縁に接し合う。
ばね部材50は、図52において示すように、綴じ具20を少し開いた状態(オープン状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aの手前側がやや上昇してばね立ち上がり部56aが斜め上方を向いて、ばね係止部56cがやや下方を向いている。
ばね部材50は、図53において示すように、綴じ具20をいっぱいに開いた状態(オープン状態)においては、ばね立ち上がり部56aが垂直方向を向いて、ばね係止部56cが向こう側に向いて回転してほぼ斜めに立ち上がった状態となる。
ばね部材50のばね第1端部56は、図54において示すように、オープン状態にするときには、貫通孔78の上縁及び/又は第2の付勢部材収容部82の内面に接し合う。
As shown in FIG. 51, when the binding tool 20 is closed (held state), the spring member 50 faces the spring rising portion 56a in the direction close to the horizontal and the spring locking portion 56c in the direction close to the horizontal. It is suitable. The spring rising portion 56a does not become higher than the height of the spine 14c (that is, the length between the bent portion 16a and the bent portion 16b) (see FIG. 54).
As shown in FIGS. 52 and 53, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 contacts the lower edge of the through hole 78 when locked.
As shown in FIG. 52, when the binding tool 20 is slightly opened (open state), the spring member 50 slightly rises in front of the spring rising portion 56a and the spring rising portion 56a faces obliquely upward. The locking portion 56c faces slightly downward.
As shown in FIG. 53, when the binding member 20 is fully opened (open state), the spring member 50 has the spring rising portion 56a facing the vertical direction and the spring locking portion 56c facing the other side. Rotates and stands up almost diagonally.
As shown in FIG. 54, the spring first end portion 56 of the spring member 50 contacts the upper edge of the through hole 78 and / or the inner surface of the second biasing member accommodating portion 82 when the spring member 50 is in the open state.